Oracle Database 12c Security Technical Implementation Guide

  • Version/Release: V3R2
  • Published: 2024-09-06
  • Released: 2024-10-24
  • Expand All:
  • Severity:
  • Sort:
Compare

Select any two versions of this STIG to compare the individual requirements

View

Select any old version/release of this STIG to view the previous requirements

This Security Technical Implementation Guide is published as a tool to improve the security of Department of Defense (DOD) information systems. The requirements are derived from the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) 800-53 and related documents. Comments or proposed revisions to this document should be sent via e-mail to the following address: disa.stig_spt@mail.mil.
b
Access to default accounts used to support replication must be restricted to authorized DBAs.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-219824 - SV-219824r961863_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
O121-BP-021200
Vuln IDs
  • V-219824
  • V-61411
Rule IDs
  • SV-219824r961863_rule
  • SV-75901
Replication database accounts are used for database connections between databases. Replication requires the configuration of these accounts using the same username and password on all databases participating in the replication. Replication connections use fixed user database links. This means that access to the replication account on one server provides access to the other servers participating in the replication. Granting unauthorized access to the replication account provides unauthorized and privileged access to all databases participating in the replication group.
Checks: C-21535r533011_chk

From SQL*Plus: select 'The number of replication objects defined is: '|| count(*) from all_tables where table_name like 'REPCAT%'; If the count returned is 0, then Oracle Replication is not installed and this check is not a finding. Otherwise: From SQL*Plus: select count(*) from sys.dba_repcatlog; If the count returned is 0, then Oracle Replication is not in use and this check is not a finding. If any results are returned, ask the ISSO or DBA if the replication account (the default is REPADMIN, but may be customized) is restricted to ISSO-authorized personnel only. If it is not, this is a finding. If there are multiple replication accounts, confirm that all are justified and documented with the ISSO. If they are not, this is a finding. Note: Oracle Database Advanced Replication is deprecated in Oracle Database 12c. Use Oracle GoldenGate to replace all features of Advanced Replication, including multimaster replication, updatable materialized views, hierarchical materialized views, and deployment templates.

Fix: F-21534r533012_fix

Change the password for default and custom replication accounts and provide the password to ISSO-authorized users only.

b
Oracle instance names must not contain Oracle version numbers.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-219825 - SV-219825r961863_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
O121-BP-021300
Vuln IDs
  • V-219825
  • V-61413
Rule IDs
  • SV-219825r961863_rule
  • SV-75903
Service names may be discovered by unauthenticated users. If the service name includes version numbers or other database product information, a malicious user may use that information to develop a targeted attack.
Checks: C-21536r533014_chk

From SQL*Plus: select instance_name from v$instance; select version from v$instance; If the instance name returned references the Oracle release number, this is a finding. Numbers used that include version numbers by coincidence are not a finding. The DBA should be able to relate the significance of the presence of a digit in the SID.

Fix: F-21535r533015_fix

Follow the instructions in Oracle MetaLink Note 15390.1 (and related documents) to change the SID for the database without re-creating the database to a value that does not identify the Oracle version.

b
Fixed user and public database links must be authorized for use.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-219826 - SV-219826r961863_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
O121-BP-021400
Vuln IDs
  • V-219826
  • V-61415
Rule IDs
  • SV-219826r961863_rule
  • SV-75905
Database links define connections that may be used by the local database to access remote Oracle databases. These links provide a means for a compromise to the local database to spread to remote databases in the distributed database environment. Limiting or eliminating use of database links where they are not required to support the operational system can help isolate compromises to the local or a limited number of databases.
Checks: C-21537r533017_chk

From SQL*Plus: select owner||': '||db_link from dba_db_links; If no records are returned from the first SQL statement, this check is not a finding. Confirm the public and fixed user database links listed are documented in the System Security Plan, are authorized by the ISSO, and are used for replication or operational system requirements. If any are not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-21536r533018_fix

Document all authorized connections from the database to remote databases in the System Security Plan. Remove all unauthorized remote database connection definitions from the database. From SQL*Plus: drop database link [link name]; OR drop public database link [link name]; Review remote database connection definitions periodically and confirm their use is still required and authorized.

a
A minimum of two Oracle control files must be defined and configured to be stored on separate, archived disks (physical or virtual) or archived partitions on a RAID device.
CM-6 - Low - CCI-000366 - V-219827 - SV-219827r961863_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
O121-BP-021500
Vuln IDs
  • V-219827
  • V-61417
Rule IDs
  • SV-219827r961863_rule
  • SV-75907
Oracle control files are used to store information critical to Oracle database integrity. Oracle uses these files to maintain time synchronization of database files as well as at system startup to verify the validity of system data and log files. Loss of access to the control files can affect database availability, integrity and recovery.
Checks: C-21538r533020_chk

From SQL*Plus: select name from v$controlfile; DoD guidance recommends: 2a. Each control file is to be located on separate, archived physical or virtual storage devices. OR 2b. Each control file is to be located on separate, archived directories within one or more RAID devices. 3. The Logical Paths for each control file should differ at the highest level supported by the configuration, for example: UNIX /ora03/app/oracle/{SID}/control/control01.ctl /ora04/app/oracle/{SID}/control/control02.ctl Windows D:/oracle/{SID}/control/control01.ctl E:/oracle/{SID}/control/control02.ctl If the minimum listed above is not met, this is a finding. Consult with the SA or DBA to determine that the mount points or partitions referenced in the file paths indicate separate physical disks or directories on RAID devices. Note: Distinct does not equal dedicated. May share directory space with other Oracle database instances if present.

Fix: F-21537r533021_fix

To prevent loss of service during disk failure, multiple copies of Oracle control files must be maintained on separate disks in archived directories or on separate, archived directories within one or more RAID devices. Adding or moving a control file requires careful planning and execution. Consult and follow the instructions for creating control files in the Oracle Database Administrator's Guide, under Steps for Creating New Control Files.

b
A minimum of two Oracle redo log groups/files must be defined and configured to be stored on separate, archived physical disks or archived directories on a RAID device.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-219828 - SV-219828r961863_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
O121-BP-021600
Vuln IDs
  • V-219828
  • V-61419
Rule IDs
  • SV-219828r961863_rule
  • SV-75909
The Oracle redo log files store the detailed information on changes made to the database. This information is critical to database recovery in case of a database failure.
Checks: C-21539r533023_chk

From SQL*Plus: select count(*) from V$LOG; If the value of the count returned is less than 2, this is a finding. From SQL*Plus: select count(*) from V$LOG where members > 1; If the value of the count returned is less than 2 and a RAID storage device is not being used, this is a finding.

Fix: F-21538r533024_fix

To define additional redo log file groups: From SQL*Plus (Example): alter database add logfile group 2 ('diska:log2.log' , 'diskb:log2.log') size 50K; To add additional redo log file [members] to an existing redo log file group: From SQL*Plus (Example): alter database add logfile member 'diskc:log2.log' to group 2; Replace diska, diskb, diskc with valid, different disk drive specifications. Replace log#.log file with valid or custom names for the log files.

b
The Oracle WITH GRANT OPTION privilege must not be granted to non-DBA or non-Application administrator user accounts.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-219829 - SV-219829r961863_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
O121-BP-021700
Vuln IDs
  • V-219829
  • V-61421
Rule IDs
  • SV-219829r961863_rule
  • SV-75911
An account permission to grant privileges within the database is an administrative function. Minimizing the number and privileges of administrative accounts reduces the chances of privileged account exploitation. Application user accounts must never require WITH GRANT OPTION privileges since, by definition, they require only privileges to execute procedures or view / edit data.
Checks: C-21540r533026_chk

Execute the query: select grantee||': '||owner||'.'||table_name from dba_tab_privs where grantable = 'YES' and grantee not in (select distinct owner from dba_objects) and grantee not in (select grantee from dba_role_privs where granted_role = 'DBA') and table_name not like 'SYS_PLSQL_%' order by grantee; If any accounts are listed, this is a finding.

Fix: F-21539r533027_fix

Revoke privileges granted the WITH GRANT OPTION from non-DBA and accounts that do not own application objects. Re-grant privileges without specifying WITH GRANT OPTION. Note: Do not revoke the system-generated grants such as those found on The SYS_PLSQL_% objects. They are system generated object types (a.k.a ShadowTypes) which are created internally by Oracle when you use the Pipelined Table Functions. This can result in (incorrect) compilation failures and/or invalidations when the users who are supposed to have access to the shadow types find themselves without access.

c
The Oracle REMOTE_OS_AUTHENT parameter must be set to FALSE.
CM-6 - High - CCI-000366 - V-219830 - SV-219830r961863_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
High
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
O121-BP-021900
Vuln IDs
  • V-219830
  • V-61425
Rule IDs
  • SV-219830r961863_rule
  • SV-75915
Setting this value to TRUE allows operating system authentication over an unsecured connection. Trusting remote operating systems can allow a user to impersonate another operating system user and connect to the database without having to supply a password. If REMOTE_OS_AUTHENT is set to true, the only information a remote user needs to connect to the database is the name of any user whose account is setup to be authenticated by the operating system.
Checks: C-21541r533029_chk

From SQL*Plus: select value from v$parameter where name = 'remote_os_authent'; If the value returned does not equal FALSE, this is a finding.

Fix: F-21540r533030_fix

Document remote OS authentication in the System Security Plan. If not required or not mitigated to an acceptable level, disable remote OS authentication. From SQL*Plus: alter system set remote_os_authent = FALSE scope = spfile; The above SQL*Plus command will set the parameter to take effect at next system startup.

c
The Oracle REMOTE_OS_ROLES parameter must be set to FALSE.
CM-6 - High - CCI-000366 - V-219831 - SV-219831r961863_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
High
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
O121-BP-022000
Vuln IDs
  • V-219831
  • V-61427
Rule IDs
  • SV-219831r961863_rule
  • SV-75917
Setting REMOTE_OS_ROLES to TRUE allows operating system groups to control Oracle roles. The default value of FALSE causes roles to be identified and managed by the database. If REMOTE_OS_ROLES is set to TRUE, a remote user could impersonate another operating system user over a network connection.
Checks: C-21542r903016_chk

From SQL*Plus: select value from v$parameter where name = 'remote_os_roles'; If the value returned is FALSE, this is not a finding. If the value returned is TRUE, confirm that the setting is justified and documented. If not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-21541r533033_fix

Document remote OS roles in the System Security Plan. If not required, disable use of remote OS roles. From SQL*Plus: alter system set remote_os_roles = FALSE scope = spfile; The above SQL*Plus command will set the parameter to take effect at next system startup.

b
The Oracle SQL92_SECURITY parameter must be set to TRUE.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-219832 - SV-219832r961863_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
O121-BP-022100
Vuln IDs
  • V-219832
  • V-61429
Rule IDs
  • SV-219832r961863_rule
  • SV-75919
The configuration option SQL92_SECURITY specifies whether table-level SELECT privileges are required to execute an update or delete that references table column values. If this option is disabled (set to FALSE), the UPDATE privilege can be used to determine values that should require SELECT privileges. The SQL92_SECURITY setting of TRUE prevents the exploitation of user credentials with only DELETE or UPDATE privileges on a table from being able to derive column values in that table by performing a series of update/delete statements using a where clause, and rolling back the change. In the following example, with SQL92_SECURITY set to FALSE, a user with only delete privilege on the scott.emp table is able to derive that there is one employee with a salary greater than 3000. With SQL92_SECURITY set to TRUE, that user is prevented from attempting to derive a value. SQL92_SECURITY = FALSE SQL> delete from scott.emp where sal > 3000; 1 row deleted SQL> rollback; Rollback complete SQL92_SECURITY = TRUE SQL> delete from scott.emp where sal > 3000; delete from scott.emp where sal > 3000 * ERROR at line 1: ORA-01031: insufficient privileges
Checks: C-21543r533035_chk

From SQL*Plus: select value from v$parameter where name = 'sql92_security'; If the value returned is set to FALSE, this is a finding. If the parameter is set to TRUE or does not exist, this is not a finding.

Fix: F-21542r533036_fix

Enable SQL92 security. From SQL*Plus: alter system set sql92_security = TRUE scope = spfile; The above SQL*Plus command will set the parameter to take effect at next system startup.

b
The Oracle password file ownership and permissions should be limited and the REMOTE_LOGIN_PASSWORDFILE parameter must be set to EXCLUSIVE or NONE.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-219833 - SV-219833r1018565_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
O121-BP-022200
Vuln IDs
  • V-219833
  • V-61431
Rule IDs
  • SV-219833r1018565_rule
  • SV-75921
It is critically important to the security of your system that you protect your password file and the environment variables that identify the location of the password file. Any user with access to these could potentially compromise the security of the connection. The REMOTE_LOGIN_PASSWORDFILE setting of "NONE" disallows remote administration of the database. The REMOTE_LOGIN_PASSWORDFILE setting of "EXCLUSIVE" allows for auditing of individual DBA logons to the SYS account. If not set to "EXCLUSIVE", remote connections to the database as "internal" or "as SYSDBA" are not logged to an individual account.
Checks: C-21544r1018564_chk

From SQL*Plus: Select value from v$parameter where upper(name) = 'REMOTE_LOGIN_PASSWORDFILE'; If the value returned does not equal "EXCLUSIVE" or "NONE", this is a finding. On UNIX Systems: ls -ld $ORACLE_HOME/dbs/orapw${ORACLE_SID} Substitute ${ORACLE_SID} with the name of the ORACLE_SID for the database. If permissions are granted for world access, this is a finding. On Windows Systems (From Windows Explorer): Navigate to the %ORACLE_HOME%\database\directory. Select and right-click on the PWD%ORACLE_SID%.ora file, select Properties >> Security tab. Substitute %ORACLE_SID% with the name of the ORACLE_SID for the database. If permissions are granted to everyone, this is a finding. If any account other than the DBMS software installation account is listed, this is a finding.

Fix: F-21543r533039_fix

Disable use of the REMOTE_LOGIN_PASSWORDFILE where remote administration is not authorized by specifying a value of NONE. If authorized, restrict use of a password file to exclusive use by each database by specifying a value of EXCLUSIVE. From SQL*Plus: alter system set REMOTE_LOGIN_PASSWORDFILE = 'EXCLUSIVE' scope = spfile; OR alter system set REMOTE_LOGIN_PASSWORDFILE = 'NONE' scope = spfile; The above SQL*Plus command will set the parameter to take effect at next system startup. Restrict ownership and permissions on the Oracle password file to exclude world (Unix) or everyone (Windows). More information regarding the ORAPWD file and the REMOTE_LOGIN_PASSWORDFILE parameter, can be found here: https://docs.oracle.com/database/121/ADMIN/dba.htm#ADMIN12478

b
System privileges granted using the WITH ADMIN OPTION must not be granted to unauthorized user accounts.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-219834 - SV-219834r961863_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
O121-BP-022300
Vuln IDs
  • V-219834
  • V-61433
Rule IDs
  • SV-219834r961863_rule
  • SV-75923
The WITH ADMIN OPTION allows the grantee to grant a privilege to another database account. Best security practice restricts the privilege of assigning privileges to authorized personnel. Authorized personnel include DBAs, object owners, and, where designed and included in the application's functions, application administrators. Restricting privilege-granting functions to authorized accounts can help decrease mismanagement of privileges and wrongful assignments to unauthorized accounts.
Checks: C-21545r666929_chk

A default Oracle Database installation provides a set of predefined administrative accounts and non-administrative accounts. These are accounts that have special privileges required to administer areas of the database, such as the CREATE ANY TABLE or ALTER SESSION privilege, or EXECUTE privileges on packages owned by the SYS schema. The default tablespace for administrative accounts is either SYSTEM or SYSAUX. Non-administrative user accounts only have the minimum privileges needed to perform their jobs. Their default tablespace is USERS. To protect these accounts from unauthorized access, the installation process expires and locks most of these accounts, except where noted below. The database administrator is responsible for unlocking and resetting these accounts, as required. Non-Administrative Accounts - Expired and locked: APEX_PUBLIC_USER, DIP, FLOWS_040100*, FLOWS_FILES, MDDATA, SPATIAL_WFS_ADMIN_USR, XS$NULL Administrative Accounts - Expired and Locked: ANONYMOUS, CTXSYS, EXFSYS, LBACSYS, MDSYS, OLAPSYS, ORACLE_OCM, ORDDATA, OWBSYS, ORDPLUGINS, ORDSYS, OUTLN, SI_INFORMTN_SCHEMA, SPATIAL_CSW_ADMIN_USR, WK_TEST, WK_SYS, WKPROXY, WMSYS, XDB Administrative Accounts - Open: DBSNMP, MGMT_VIEW, SYS, SYSMAN, SYSTEM, SYSKM * Subject to change based on version installed Run the SQL query: From SQL*Plus: select grantee, privilege from dba_sys_privs where grantee not in (<list of non-applicable accounts>) and admin_option = 'YES' and grantee not in (select grantee from dba_role_privs where granted_role = 'DBA'); (With respect to the list of special accounts that are excluded from this requirement, it is expected that the DBA will maintain the list to suit local circumstances, adding special accounts as necessary and removing any that are not supposed to be in use in the Oracle deployment that is under review.) If any accounts that are not authorized to have the ADMIN OPTION are listed, this is a finding.

Fix: F-21544r533042_fix

Revoke assignment of privileges with the WITH ADMIN OPTION from unauthorized users and re-grant them without the option. From SQL*Plus: revoke [privilege name] from user [username]; Replace [privilege name] with the named privilege and [username] with the named user. Restrict use of the WITH ADMIN OPTION to authorized administrators. Document authorized privilege assignments with the WITH ADMIN OPTION in the System Security Plan.

b
System Privileges must not be granted to PUBLIC.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-219835 - SV-219835r961863_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
O121-BP-022400
Vuln IDs
  • V-219835
  • V-61435
Rule IDs
  • SV-219835r961863_rule
  • SV-75925
System privileges can be granted to users and roles and to the user group PUBLIC. All privileges granted to PUBLIC are accessible to every user in the database. Many of these privileges convey considerable authority over the database and should be granted only to those persons responsible for administering the database. In general, these privileges should be granted to roles and then the appropriate roles should be granted to users. System privileges must never be granted to PUBLIC as this could allow users to compromise the database.
Checks: C-21546r533044_chk

From SQL*Plus: select privilege from dba_sys_privs where grantee = 'PUBLIC'; If any records are returned, this is a finding.

Fix: F-21545r533045_fix

Revoke any system privileges assigned to PUBLIC: From SQL*Plus: revoke [system privilege] from PUBLIC; Replace [system privilege] with the named system privilege. Note: System privileges are not granted to PUBLIC by default and would indicate a custom action.

b
Oracle roles granted using the WITH ADMIN OPTION must not be granted to unauthorized accounts.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-219836 - SV-219836r961863_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
O121-BP-022500
Vuln IDs
  • V-219836
  • V-61437
Rule IDs
  • SV-219836r961863_rule
  • SV-75927
The WITH ADMIN OPTION allows the grantee to grant a role to another database account. Best security practice restricts the privilege of assigning privileges to authorized personnel. Authorized personnel include DBAs, object owners, and, where designed and included in the application's functions, application administrators. Restricting privilege-granting functions to authorized accounts can help decrease mismanagement of privileges and wrongful assignments to unauthorized accounts.
Checks: C-21547r666927_chk

A default Oracle Database installation provides a set of predefined administrative accounts and non-administrative accounts. These are accounts that have special privileges required to administer areas of the database, such as the CREATE ANY TABLE or ALTER SESSION privilege, or EXECUTE privileges on packages owned by the SYS schema. The default tablespace for administrative accounts is either SYSTEM or SYSAUX. Non-administrative user accounts only have the minimum privileges needed to perform their jobs. Their default tablespace is USERS. To protect these accounts from unauthorized access, the installation process expires and locks most of these accounts, except where noted below. The database administrator is responsible for unlocking and resetting these accounts, as required. Non-Administrative Accounts - Expired and locked: APEX_PUBLIC_USER, DIP, FLOWS_040100*, FLOWS_FILES, MDDATA, SPATIAL_WFS_ADMIN_USR, XS$NULL Administrative Accounts - Expired and Locked: ANONYMOUS, CTXSYS, EXFSYS, LBACSYS, MDSYS, OLAPSYS, ORACLE_OCM, ORDDATA, OWBSYS, ORDPLUGINS, ORDSYS, OUTLN, SI_INFORMTN_SCHEMA, SPATIAL_CSW_ADMIN_USR, WK_TEST, WK_SYS, WKPROXY, WMSYS, XDB Administrative Accounts - Open: DBSNMP, MGMT_VIEW, SYS, SYSMAN, SYSTEM * Subject to change based on version installed Run the SQL statement: select grantee||': '||granted_role from dba_role_privs where grantee not in (<list of non-applicable accounts>) and admin_option = 'YES' and grantee not in (select distinct owner from dba_objects) and grantee not in (select grantee from dba_role_privs where granted_role = 'DBA') order by grantee; (With respect to the list of special accounts that are excluded from this requirement, it is expected that the DBA will maintain the list to suit local circumstances, adding special accounts as necessary and removing any that are not supposed to be in use in the Oracle deployment that is under review.) Review the System Security Plan to confirm any grantees listed are ISSO-authorized DBA accounts or application administration roles. If any grantees listed are not authorized and documented, this is a finding.

Fix: F-21546r533048_fix

Revoke assignment of roles with the WITH ADMIN OPTION from unauthorized grantees and re-grant them without the option if required. SQL statements to remove the admin option from an unauthorized grantee: revoke <role name> from <grantee>; grant <role name> to <grantee>; Restrict use of the WITH ADMIN OPTION to authorized administrators. Document authorized role assignments with the WITH ADMIN OPTION in the System Security Plan.

b
Object permissions granted to PUBLIC must be restricted.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-219837 - SV-219837r961863_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
O121-BP-022600
Vuln IDs
  • V-219837
  • V-61439
Rule IDs
  • SV-219837r961863_rule
  • SV-75929
Permissions on objects may be granted to the user group PUBLIC. Because every database user is a member of the PUBLIC group, granting object permissions to PUBLIC gives all users in the database access to that object. In a secure environment, granting object permissions to PUBLIC must be restricted to those objects that all users are allowed to access. The policy does not require object permissions assigned to PUBLIC by the installation of Oracle Database server components be revoked.
Checks: C-21548r666931_chk

A default Oracle Database installation provides a set of predefined administrative accounts and non-administrative accounts. These are accounts that have special privileges required to administer areas of the database, such as the “CREATE ANY TABLE” or “ALTER SESSION” privilege, or “EXECUTE” privileges on packages owned by the SYS schema. The default tablespace for administrative accounts is either “SYSTEM” or “SYSAUX”. Non-administrative user accounts only have the minimum privileges needed to perform their jobs. Their default tablespace is “USERS”. To protect these accounts from unauthorized access, the installation process expires and locks most of these accounts, except where noted below. The database administrator is responsible for unlocking and resetting these accounts, as required. Non-Administrative Accounts - Expired and locked: APEX_PUBLIC_USER, DIP, FLOWS_040100*, FLOWS_FILES, MDDATA, SPATIAL_WFS_ADMIN_USR, XS$NULL Administrative Accounts - Expired and Locked: ANONYMOUS, CTXSYS, EXFSYS, LBACSYS, , GSMADMIN_INTERNAL, MDSYS, OLAPSYS, ORACLE_OCM, ORDDATA, OWBSYS, ORDPLUGINS, ORDSYS, OUTLN, SI_INFORMTN_SCHEMA, SPATIAL_CSW_ADMIN_USR, WK_TEST, WK_SYS, WKPROXY, WMSYS, XDB Administrative Accounts - Open: DBSNMP, MGMT_VIEW, SYS, SYSMAN, SYSTEM * Subject to change based on version installed Run the SQL query: select owner ||'.'|| table_name ||':'|| privilege from dba_tab_privs where grantee = 'PUBLIC' and owner not in (&lt;list of non-applicable accounts&gt;); (With respect to the list of special accounts that are excluded from this requirement, it is expected that the DBA will maintain the list to suit local circumstances, adding special accounts as necessary and removing any that are not supposed to be in use in the Oracle deployment that is under review.) If there are any records returned that are not Oracle product accounts, and are not documented and authorized, this is a finding. Note: This check may return false positives where other Oracle product accounts are not included in the exclusion list.

Fix: F-21547r533051_fix

Revoke any privileges granted to PUBLIC for objects that are not owned by Oracle product accounts. From SQL*Plus: revoke [privilege name] from [user name] on [object name]; Assign permissions to custom application user roles based on job functions: From SQL*Plus: grant [privilege name] to [user role] on [object name];

c
The Oracle Listener must be configured to require administration authentication.
CM-6 - High - CCI-000366 - V-219838 - SV-219838r961863_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
High
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
O121-BP-022700
Vuln IDs
  • V-219838
  • V-61441
Rule IDs
  • SV-219838r961863_rule
  • SV-75931
Oracle listener authentication helps prevent unauthorized administration of the Oracle listener. Unauthorized administration of the listener could lead to DoS exploits; loss of connection audit data, unauthorized reconfiguration or other unauthorized access. This is a Category I finding because privileged access to the listener is not restricted to authorized users. Unauthorized access can result in stopping of the listener (DoS) and overwriting of listener audit logs.
Checks: C-21549r533053_chk

If a listener is not running on the local database host server, this check is not a finding. Note: This check needs to be done only once per host system and once per listener. Multiple listeners may be defined on a single host system. They must all be reviewed, but only once per database home review. For subsequent database home reviews on the same host system, this check is not a finding. Determine all Listeners running on the host. For Windows hosts, view all Windows services with TNSListener embedded in the service name - The service name format is: Oracle[ORACLE_HOME_NAME]TNSListener For UNIX hosts, the Oracle Listener process will indicate the TNSLSNR executable. At a command prompt, issue the command: ps -ef | grep tnslsnr | grep -v grep The alias for the listener follows tnslsnr in the command output. Must be logged on the host system using the account that owns the tnslsnr executable (UNIX). If the account is denied local logon, have the system SA assist in this task by adding 'su' to the listener account from the root account. On Windows platforms, log on using an account with administrator privileges to complete the check. From a system command prompt, execute the listener control utility: lsnrctl status [LISTENER NAME] Review the results for the value of Security. If "Security = OFF" is displayed, this is a finding. If "Security = ON: Local OS Authentication" is displayed, this is not a finding. If "Security = ON: Password or Local OS Authentication", this is a finding (do not set a password on Oracle versions 10.1 and higher. Instead, use Local OS Authentication). Repeat the execution of the lsnrctl utility for all active listeners.

Fix: F-21548r533054_fix

By default, Oracle Net Listener permits only local administration for security reasons. As a policy, the listener can be administered only by the user who started it. This is enforced through local operating system authentication. For example, if user1 starts the listener, then only user1 can administer it. Any other user trying to administer the listener gets an error. The super user is the only exception. Remote administration of the listener must not be permitted. If listener administration from a remote system is required, granting secure remote access to the Oracle DBMS server and performing local administration is preferred. Authorize and document this requirement in the System Security Plan. Note: In Oracle Database 12c Release 1 (12.1), the listener password feature is no longer supported. This does not cause a loss of security because authentication is enforced through local operating system authentication. Refer to Oracle Database Net Services Reference for additional information.

b
Application role permissions must not be assigned to the Oracle PUBLIC role.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-219839 - SV-219839r961863_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
O121-BP-022800
Vuln IDs
  • V-219839
  • V-61443
Rule IDs
  • SV-219839r961863_rule
  • SV-75933
Permissions granted to PUBLIC are granted to all users of the database. Custom roles must be used to assign application permissions to functional groups of application users. The installation of Oracle does not assign role permissions to PUBLIC.
Checks: C-21550r533056_chk

From SQL*Plus: select granted_role from dba_role_privs where grantee = 'PUBLIC'; If any roles are listed, this is a finding.

Fix: F-21549r533057_fix

Revoke role grants from PUBLIC. Do not assign role privileges to PUBLIC. From SQL*Plus: revoke [role name] from PUBLIC;

b
Oracle application administration roles must be disabled if not required and authorized.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-219840 - SV-219840r961863_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
O121-BP-022900
Vuln IDs
  • V-219840
  • V-61445
Rule IDs
  • SV-219840r961863_rule
  • SV-75935
Application administration roles, which are assigned system or elevated application object privileges, must be protected from default activation. Application administration roles are determined by system privilege assignment (create / alter / drop user) and application user role ADMIN OPTION privileges.
Checks: C-21551r533059_chk

Run the SQL query: select grantee, granted_role from dba_role_privs where default_role='YES' and granted_role in (select grantee from dba_sys_privs where upper(privilege) like '%USER%') and grantee not in (&lt;list of non-applicable accounts&gt;) and grantee not in (select distinct owner from dba_tables) and grantee not in (select distinct username from dba_users where upper(account_status) like '%LOCKED%'); (With respect to the list of special accounts that are excluded from this requirement, it is expected that the DBA will maintain the list to suit local circumstances, adding special accounts as necessary and removing any that are not supposed to be in use in the Oracle deployment that is under review.) Review the list of accounts reported for this check and ensures that they are authorized application administration roles. If any are not authorized application administration roles, this is a finding.

Fix: F-21550r533060_fix

For each role assignment returned, issue: From SQL*Plus: alter user [username] default role all except [role]; If the user has more than one application administration role assigned, then remove assigned roles from default assignment and assign individually the appropriate default roles.

b
Connections by mid-tier web and application systems to the Oracle DBMS from a DMZ or external network must be encrypted.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-219841 - SV-219841r961863_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
O121-BP-023000
Vuln IDs
  • V-219841
  • V-61447
Rule IDs
  • SV-219841r961863_rule
  • SV-75937
Multi-tier systems may be configured with the database and connecting middle-tier system located on an internal network, with the database located on an internal network behind a firewall and the middle-tier system located in a DMZ. In cases where either or both systems are located in the DMZ (or on networks external to DoD), network communications between the systems must be encrypted.
Checks: C-21552r533062_chk

Review the System Security Plan for remote applications that access and use the database. For each remote application or application server, determine whether communications between it and the DBMS are encrypted. If any are not encrypted, this is a finding.

Fix: F-21551r533063_fix

Configure communications between the DBMS and remote applications/application servers to use DoD-approved encryption.

b
Database job/batch queues must be reviewed regularly to detect unauthorized database job submissions.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-219842 - SV-219842r961863_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
O121-BP-023100
Vuln IDs
  • V-219842
  • V-61449
Rule IDs
  • SV-219842r961863_rule
  • SV-75939
Unauthorized users may bypass security mechanisms by submitting jobs to job queues managed by the database to be run under a more privileged security context of the database or host system. These queues must be monitored regularly to detect any such unauthorized job submissions.
Checks: C-21553r533065_chk

The DBMS_JOB PL/SQL package has been replaced by DBMS_SCHEDULER in Oracle versions 10.1 and higher, though it continues to be supported for backward compatibility. Run this query: select value from v$parameter where name = 'job_queue_processes'; Run this query: select value from all_scheduler_global_attribute where ATTRIBUTE_NAME = 'MAX_JOB_SLAVE_PROCESSES'; To understand the relationship between these settings, review: https://docs.oracle.com/database/121/ADMIN/appendix_a.htm#ADMIN11002 Review documented and implemented procedures for monitoring the Oracle DBMS job/batch queues for unauthorized submissions. If procedures for job queue review are not defined, documented or evidence of implementation does not exist, this is a finding. Job queue information is available from the DBA_JOBS view. The following command lists jobs submitted to the queue. DBMS_JOB does not generate a 'history' of previous job executions. Run this query: select job, next_date, next_sec, failures, broken from dba_jobs; Scheduler queue information is available from the DBA_SCHEDULER_JOBS view. The following command lists jobs submitted to the queue. Run this query: select owner, job_name, state, job_class, job_type, job_action from dba_scheduler_jobs;

Fix: F-21552r533066_fix

Develop, document and implement procedures to monitor the database job queues for unauthorized job submissions. Develop, document and implement a formal migration plan to convert jobs using DBMS_JOB to use DBMS_SCHEDULER instead for Oracle versions 10.1 and higher. (This does not apply to DBMS_JOB jobs generated by Oracle itself, such as those for refreshing materialized views.) Set the value of the job_queue_processes parameter to a low value to restrict concurrent DBMS_JOB executions. Use auditing to capture use of the DBMS_JOB package in the audit trail. Review the audit trail for unauthorized use of the DBMS_JOB package.

b
Unauthorized database links must not be defined and active.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-219843 - SV-219843r961863_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
O121-BP-023200
Vuln IDs
  • V-219843
  • V-61451
Rule IDs
  • SV-219843r961863_rule
  • SV-75941
DBMS links provide a communication and data transfer path definition between two databases that may be used by malicious users to discover and obtain unauthorized access to remote systems. Database links between production and development DBMSs provide a means for developers to access production data not authorized for their access or to introduce untested or unauthorized applications to the production database. Only protected, controlled, and authorized downloads of any production data to use for development may be allowed. Only applications that have completed the configuration management process may be introduced by the application object owner account to the production system.
Checks: C-21554r533068_chk

From SQL*Plus: select db_link||': '||host from dba_db_links; If no links are returned, this check is not a finding. Review documentation for definitions of authorized database links to external interfaces. The documentation should include: - Any remote access to the database - The purpose or function of the remote connection - Any access to data or procedures stored externally to the local DBMS - Any network ports or protocols used by remote connections, whether the remote connection is to a production, test, or development system - Any security accounts used by DBMS to access remote resources or objects If any unauthorized database links are defined or the definitions do not match the documentation, this is a finding. Note: findings for production-development links under this check are assigned to the production database only. If any database links are defined between the production database and any test or development databases, this is a finding. If remote interface documentation does not exist or is incomplete, this is a finding.

Fix: F-21553r533069_fix

Document all remote or external interfaces used by the DBMS to connect to or allow connections from remote or external sources. Include with the documentation as appropriate, any network ports or protocols, security accounts, and the sensitivity of any data exchanged. Do not define or configure database links between production databases and test or development databases. Note: Oracle Database Advanced Replication is deprecated in Oracle Database 12c. Use Oracle GoldenGate to replace all features of Advanced Replication, including multimaster replication, updatable materialized views, hierarchical materialized views, and deployment templates.

b
Sensitive information from production database exports must be modified before import to a development database.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-219844 - SV-219844r961863_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
O121-BP-023300
Vuln IDs
  • V-219844
  • V-61453
Rule IDs
  • SV-219844r961863_rule
  • SV-75943
Data export from production databases may include sensitive data. Application developers do not have a need to know to sensitive data. Any access they may have to production data would be considered unauthorized access and subject the sensitive data to unlawful or unauthorized disclosure. See DODD 8500.1 for a definition of Sensitive Information.
Checks: C-21555r533071_chk

If the database being reviewed is a production database, this check is not a finding. Review policy, procedures and restrictions for data imports of production data containing sensitive information into development databases. If data imports of production data are allowed, review procedures for protecting any sensitive data included in production exports. If sensitive data is included in the exports and no procedures are in place to remove or modify the data to render it not sensitive prior to import into a development database or policy and procedures are not in place to ensure authorization of development personnel to access sensitive information contained in production data, this is a finding.

Fix: F-21554r533072_fix

Develop, document and implement policy, procedures and restrictions for production data import. Require any users assigned privileges that allow the export of production data from the database to acknowledge understanding of import policies, procedures and restrictions. Restrict permissions of development personnel requiring use or access to production data imported into development databases containing sensitive information to authorized users. Implement policy and procedures to modify or remove sensitive information in production exports prior to import into development databases.

b
Only authorized system accounts must have the SYSTEM tablespace specified as the default tablespace.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-219847 - SV-219847r961863_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
O121-BP-023600
Vuln IDs
  • V-219847
  • V-61459
Rule IDs
  • SV-219847r961863_rule
  • SV-75949
The Oracle SYSTEM tablespace is used by the database to store all DBMS system objects. Other use of the system tablespace may compromise system availability and the effectiveness of host system access controls to the tablespace files.
Checks: C-21558r533078_chk

Run the query: select property_name, property_value from database_properties where property_name in ('DEFAULT_PERMANENT_TABLESPACE','DEFAULT_TEMP_TABLESPACE'); If either value is set to SYSTEM, this is a finding. Run the query: select username from dba_users where (default_tablespace = 'SYSTEM' or temporary_tablespace = 'SYSTEM') and username not in ('LBACSYS','OUTLN','SYS','SYSTEM', 'SYSKM', 'SYSDG', 'SYSBACKUP'); If any non-default account records are returned, this is a finding.

Fix: F-21557r533079_fix

Create and dedicate tablespaces to support only one application. Do not share tablespaces between applications. Do not grant quotas to application object owners on tablespaces not dedicated to their associated application. Run the queries: alter database default tablespace <tablespace_name>; alter database default temporary tablespace <temporary_tablespace_name>; alter user <username> default tablespace <tablespace_name> temporary tablespace <temporary_tablespace_name>; Replace <username> with the named user account. Replace <tablespace_name> with the new default tablespace name. Replace <temporary_tablespace_name> with the new default temporary tablespace name (typically TEMP). Repeat the "alter user" for each affected user account.

b
Application owner accounts must have a dedicated application tablespace.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-219848 - SV-219848r961863_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
O121-BP-023700
Vuln IDs
  • V-219848
  • V-61461
Rule IDs
  • SV-219848r961863_rule
  • SV-75951
Separation of tablespaces by application helps to protect the application from resource contention and unauthorized access that could result from storage space reuses or host system access controls. Application data must be stored separately from system and custom user-defined objects to facilitate administration and management of its data storage. The SYSTEM tablespace must never be used for application data storage in order to prevent resource contention and performance degradation.
Checks: C-21559r533080_chk

Run the SQL query: select distinct owner, tablespace_name from dba_SEGMENTS where owner not in (&lt;list of non-applicable accounts&gt;) order by tablespace_name; (With respect to the list of special accounts that are excluded from this requirement, it is expected that the DBA will maintain the list to suit local circumstances, adding special accounts as necessary and removing any that are not supposed to be in use in the Oracle deployment that is under review.) Review the list of returned table owners with the tablespace used. If any of the owners listed are not default Oracle accounts and use the SYSTEM or any other tablespace not dedicated for the application’s use, this is a finding. Look for multiple applications that may share a tablespace. If no records were returned, ask the DBA if any applications use this database. If no applications use the database, this is not a finding. If there are applications that do use the database or if the application uses the SYS or other default account and SYSTEM tablespace to store its objects, this is a finding.

Fix: F-21558r533081_fix

Create and assign dedicated tablespaces for the storage of data by each application using the CREATE TABLESPACE command.

b
The directories assigned to the LOG_ARCHIVE_DEST* parameters must be protected from unauthorized access.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-219849 - SV-219849r961863_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
O121-BP-023800
Vuln IDs
  • V-219849
  • V-61463
Rule IDs
  • SV-219849r961863_rule
  • SV-75953
The LOG_ARCHIVE_DEST parameter is used to specify the directory to which Oracle archive logs are written. Where the DBMS availability and recovery to a specific point in time is critical, the protection of archive log files is critical. Archive log files may also contain unencrypted sensitive data. If written to an inadequately protected or invalidated directory, the archive log files may be accessed by unauthorized persons or processes.
Checks: C-21560r533082_chk

From SQL*Plus: select log_mode from v$database; select value from v$parameter where name = 'log_archive_dest'; select value from v$parameter where name = 'log_archive_duplex_dest'; select name, value from v$parameter where name LIKE 'log_archive_dest_%'; select value from v$parameter where name = 'db_recovery_file_dest'; If the value returned for LOG_MODE is NOARCHIVELOG, this check is not a finding. If a value is not returned for LOG_ARCHIVE_DEST and no values are returned for any of the LOG_ARCHIVE_DEST_[1-10] parameters, and no value is returned for DB_RECOVERY_FILE_DEST, this is a finding. Note: LOG_ARCHIVE_DEST and LOG_ARCHIVE_DUPLEX_DEST are incompatible with the LOG_ARCHIVE_DEST_n parameters, and must be defined as the null string (' ') when any LOG_ARCHIVE_DEST_n parameter has a value other than a null string. On UNIX Systems: ls -ld [pathname] Substitute [pathname] with the directory paths listed from the above SQL statements for log_archive_dest and log_archive_duplex_dest. If permissions are granted for world access, this is a finding. On Windows Systems (From Windows Explorer): Browse to the directory specified. Select and right-click on the directory, select Properties, select the Security tab. If permissions are granted to everyone, this is a finding. If any account other than the Oracle process and software owner accounts, Administrators, DBAs, System group or developers authorized to write and debug applications on this database are listed, this is a finding.

Fix: F-21559r533083_fix

Specify a valid and protected directory for archive log files. Restrict access to the Oracle process and software owner accounts, DBAs, and backup operator accounts.

b
The Oracle _TRACE_FILES_PUBLIC parameter if present must be set to FALSE.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-219850 - SV-219850r961863_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
O121-BP-023900
Vuln IDs
  • V-219850
  • V-61465
Rule IDs
  • SV-219850r961863_rule
  • SV-75955
The _TRACE_FILES_PUBLIC parameter is used to make trace files used for debugging database applications and events available to all database users. Use of this capability precludes the discrete assignment of privileges based on job function. Additionally, its use may provide access to external files and data to unauthorized users.
Checks: C-21561r533084_chk

From SQL*Plus: select value from v$parameter where name = '_trace_files_public'; If the value returned is TRUE, this is a finding. If the parameter does not exist or is set to FALSE, this is not a finding.

Fix: F-21560r533085_fix

From SQL*Plus (shutdown database instance): shutdown immediate From SQL*Plus (create a pfile from spfile): create pfile='[PATH]init[SID].ora' from spfile; Edit the init[SID].ora file and remove the following line: *._trace_files_public=TRUE From SQL*Plus (update the spfile using the pfile): create spfile from pfile='[PATH]init[SID].ora'; From SQL*Plus (start the database instance): startup Note: [PATH] depends on the platform (Windows or UNIX). Ensure the file is directed to a writable location. [SID] is equal to the oracle SID or database instance ID.

b
DBMS production application and data directories must be protected from developers on shared production/development DBMS host systems.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-219852 - SV-219852r961863_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
O121-BP-024100
Vuln IDs
  • V-219852
  • V-61487
Rule IDs
  • SV-219852r961863_rule
  • SV-75977
Developer roles must not be assigned DBMS administrative privileges to production DBMS application and data directories. The separation of production DBA and developer roles helps protect the production system from unauthorized, malicious or unintentional interruption due to development activities.
Checks: C-21563r533088_chk

If the DBMS or DBMS host is not shared by production and development activities, this check is not a finding. Review OS DBA group membership. If any developer accounts, as identified in the System Security Plan, have been assigned DBA privileges, this is a finding. Note: Though shared production/non-production DBMS installations was allowed under previous database STIG guidance, doing so may place it in violation of OS, Application, Network or Enclave STIG guidance. Ensure that any shared production/non-production DBMS installation meets STIG guidance requirements at all levels or mitigate any conflicts in STIG guidance with the AO.

Fix: F-21562r533089_fix

Create separate DBMS host OS groups for developer and production DBAs. Do not assign production DBA OS group membership to accounts used for development. Remove development accounts from production DBA OS group membership. Recommend establishing a dedicated DBMS host for production DBMS installations. A dedicated host system in this case refers to an instance of the operating system at a minimum. The operating system may reside on a virtual host machine where supported by the DBMS vendor.

b
Use of the DBMS installation account must be logged.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-219853 - SV-219853r961863_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
O121-BP-024200
Vuln IDs
  • V-219853
  • V-61489
Rule IDs
  • SV-219853r961863_rule
  • SV-75979
The DBMS installation account may be used by any authorized user to perform DBMS installation or maintenance. Without logging, accountability for actions attributed to the account is lost.
Checks: C-21564r533090_chk

Review documented and implemented procedures for monitoring the use of the DBMS software installation account in the System Security Plan. If use of this account is not monitored or procedures for monitoring its use do not exist or are incomplete, this is a finding. Note: On Windows systems, The Oracle DBMS software is installed using an account with administrator privileges. Ownership should be reassigned to a dedicated OS account used to operate the DBMS software. If monitoring does not include all accounts with administrator privileges on the DBMS host, this is a finding.

Fix: F-21563r533091_fix

Develop, document and implement a logging procedure for use of the DBMS software installation account that provides accountability to individuals for any actions taken by the account. Host system audit logs should be included in the DBMS account usage log along with an indication of the person who accessed the account and an explanation for the access. Ensure all accounts with administrator privileges are monitored for DBMS host on Windows OS platforms.

b
The DBMS data files, transaction logs and audit files must be stored in dedicated directories or disk partitions separate from software or other application files.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-219861 - SV-219861r961863_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
O121-BP-025100
Vuln IDs
  • V-219861
  • V-61963
Rule IDs
  • SV-219861r961863_rule
  • SV-76453
Protection of DBMS data, transaction and audit data files stored by the host operating system is dependent on OS controls. When different applications share the same database, resource contention and security controls are required to isolate and protect an application's data from other applications. In addition, it is an Oracle best practice to separate data, transaction logs, and audit logs into separate physical directories according to Oracle’s OFA (Optimal Flexible Architecture). And finally, DBMS software libraries and configuration files also require differing access control lists.
Checks: C-21572r533106_chk

Review the disk/directory specification where database data, transaction log and audit files are stored. If DBMS data, transaction log or audit data files are stored in the same directory, this is a finding. If multiple applications are accessing the database and the database data files are stored in the same directory, this is a finding. If multiple applications are accessing the database and database data is separated into separate physical directories according to application, this check is not a finding.

Fix: F-21571r533107_fix

Specify dedicated host system disk directories to store database data, transaction and audit files. Example directory structure: /*/app/oracle/oradata/db_name /*/app/oracle/admin/db_name/arch/* /*/app/oracle/oradata/db_name/audit /*/app/oracle/fast_recovery_area/db_name/ See Oracle Optimal Flexible Architecture: https://docs.oracle.com/database/121/LADBI/appendix_ofa.htm#LADBI7921 When multiple applications are accessing a single database, configure DBMS default file storage according to application to use dedicated disk directories. /*/app/oracle/oradata/db_name/app_name See Oracle Optimal Flexible Architecture: https://docs.oracle.com/database/121/LADBI/appendix_ofa.htm#LADBI7921

b
The directory assigned to the AUDIT_FILE_DEST parameter must be protected from unauthorized access and must be stored in a dedicated directory or disk partition separate from software or other application files.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-219862 - SV-219862r961863_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
O121-BP-025101
Vuln IDs
  • V-219862
  • V-61965
Rule IDs
  • SV-219862r961863_rule
  • SV-76455
The AUDIT_FILE_DEST parameter specifies the directory where the database audit trail file is stored (when AUDIT_TRAIL parameter is set to ‘OS’, ‘xml’ or ‘xml, extended’ where supported by the DBMS). Unauthorized access or loss of integrity of the audit trail could result in loss of accountability or the ability to detect suspicious activity. This directory also contains the audit trail of the SYS and SYSTEM accounts that captures privileged database events when the database is not running (when AUDIT_SYS_OPERATIONS parameter is set to TRUE).
Checks: C-21573r533108_chk

If Standard Auditing is used: From SQL*Plus: select value from v$parameter where name = 'audit_trail'; select value from v$parameter where name = 'audit_file_dest'; If audit_trail is NOT set to OS, XML or XML EXTENDED, this is not applicable (NA). If audit_trail is set to OS, but the audit records are routed directly to a separate log server without writing to the local file system, this is not a finding. On UNIX Systems: ls -ld [pathname] Replace [pathname] with the directory path listed from the above SQL command for audit_file_dest. If permissions are granted for world access, this is a finding. If any groups that include members other than the Oracle process and software owner accounts, DBAs, auditors, or backup accounts are listed, this is a finding. Compare path to $ORACLE_HOME. If audit_file_dest is a subdirectory of $ORACLE_HOME, this is a finding. On Windows Systems (From Windows Explorer): Browse to the directory specified. Select and right-click on the directory, select Properties, select the Security tab. On Windows hosts, records are also written to the Windows application event log. The location of the application event log is listed under Properties for the log under the Windows console. The default location is C:\WINDOWS\system32\config\EventLogs\AppEvent.Evt. If permissions are granted to everyone, this is a finding. If any accounts other than the Administrators, DBAs, System group, auditors or backup operators are listed, this is a finding. Compare path to %ORACLE_HOME%. If audit_file_dest is a subdirectory of %ORACLE_HOME%, this is a finding. If Unified Auditing is used: AUDIT_FILE_DEST parameter is not used in Unified Auditing

Fix: F-21572r533109_fix

For file-based auditing, establish an audit file directory separate from the Oracle Home. Alter host system permissions to the AUDIT_FILE_DEST directory to the Oracle process and software owner accounts, DBAs, backup accounts, SAs (if required), and auditors. Authorize and document user access requirements to the directory outside of the Oracle, DBA, and SA account list in the System Security Plan.

b
Access to DBMS software files and directories must not be granted to unauthorized users.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-219865 - SV-219865r961863_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
O121-BP-025400
Vuln IDs
  • V-219865
  • V-61511
Rule IDs
  • SV-219865r961863_rule
  • SV-76001
The DBMS software libraries contain the executables used by the DBMS to operate. Unauthorized access to the libraries can result in malicious alteration or planting of operational executables. This may in turn jeopardize data stored in the DBMS and/or operation of the host system.
Checks: C-21576r533114_chk

For UNIX Systems: log on using the Oracle software owner account and enter the command: umask If the value returned is 022 or more restrictive, this is not a finding. If the value returned is less restrictive than 022, this is a finding. The first number sets the mask for user/owner file permissions. The second number sets the mask for group file permissions. The third number sets file permission mask for other users. The list below shows the available settings: 0 = read/write/execute 1 = read/write 2 = read/execute 3 = read 4 = write/execute 5 = write 6 = execute 7 = no permissions Setting the umask to 022 effectively sets files for user/owner to read/write, group to read and other to read. Directories are set for user/owner to read/write/execute, group to read/execute and other to read/execute. For Windows Systems: Review the permissions that control access to the Oracle installation software directories (e.g. \Program Files\Oracle\). DBA accounts, the DBMS process account, the DBMS software installation/maintenance account, SA accounts if access by them is required for some operational level of support such as backups, and the host system itself require access. Compare the access control employed with that documented in the System Security Plan. If access controls do not match the documented requirement, this is a finding. If access controls appear excessive without justification, this is a finding.

Fix: F-21575r533115_fix

For UNIX Systems: Set the umask of the Oracle software owner account to 022. Determine the shell being used for the Oracle software owner account: env | grep -i shell Startup files for each shell are as follows (located in users $HOME directory): C-Shell (CSH) = .cshrc Bourne Shell (SH) = .profile Korn Shell (KSH) = .kshrc TC Shell (TCS) = .tcshrc BASH Shell = .bash_profile or .bashrc Edit the shell startup file for the account and add or modify the line: umask 022 Log off and logon, then enter the umask command to confirm the setting. Note: To effect this change for all Oracle processes, a reboot of the DBMS server may be required. For Windows Systems: Restrict access to the DBMS software libraries to the fewest accounts that clearly require access based on job function. Document authorized access controls and justify any access grants that do not fall under DBA, DBMS process, ownership, or SA accounts.

b
Replication accounts must not be granted DBA privileges.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-219866 - SV-219866r961863_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
O121-BP-025500
Vuln IDs
  • V-219866
  • V-61513
Rule IDs
  • SV-219866r961863_rule
  • SV-76003
Replication accounts may be used to access databases defined for the replication architecture. An exploit of a replication on one database could lead to the compromise of any database participating in the replication that uses the same account name and credentials. If the replication account is compromised and it has DBA privileges, the database is at additional risk to unauthorized or malicious action.
Checks: C-21577r533116_chk

If a review of the System Security Plan confirms the use of replication is not required, not permitted and the database is not configured for replication, this check is not a finding. If any replication accounts are assigned DBA roles or roles with DBA privileges, this is a finding.

Fix: F-21576r533117_fix

Restrict privileges assigned to replication accounts to the fewest possible privileges. Remove DBA roles from replication accounts. Create and use custom replication accounts assigned least privileges for supporting replication operations.

b
Network access to the DBMS must be restricted to authorized personnel.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-219867 - SV-219867r961863_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
O121-BP-025600
Vuln IDs
  • V-219867
  • V-61515
Rule IDs
  • SV-219867r961863_rule
  • SV-76005
Restricting remote access to specific, trusted systems helps prevent access by unauthorized and potentially malicious users.
Checks: C-21578r533118_chk

IP address restriction may be defined for the database listener, by use of the Oracle Connection Manager or by an external network device. Identify the method used to enforce address restriction (interview or System Security Plan review). If enforced by the database listener, then review the SQLNET.ORA file located in the ORACLE_HOME/network/admin directory (note: this assumes that a single sqlnet.ora file, in the default location, is in use; please see the supplemental file "Non-default sqlnet.ora configurations.pdf" for how to find multiple and/or differently located sqlnet.ora files) or the directory indicated by the TNS_ADMIN environment variable or registry setting. If the following entries do not exist, then restriction by IP address is not configured and is a finding. tcp.validnode_checking=YES tcp.invited_nodes=(IP1, IP2, IP3) If enforced by an Oracle Connection Manager, then review the CMAN.ORA file for the Connection Manager (located in the TNS_ADMIN or ORACLE_HOME/network/admin directory for the connection manager). If a RULE entry allows all addresses ("/32") or does not match the address range specified in the System Security Plan, this is a finding. (rule=(src=[IP]/27)(dst=[IP])(srv=*)(act=accept)) Note: an IP address with a "/" indicates acceptance by subnet mask where the number after the "/" is the left most number of bits in the address that must match for the rule to apply. If this rule is database-specific, then determine if the SERVICE_NAMES parameter is set: From SQL*PLUS: select value from v$parameter where name = 'service_names'; If SERVICE_NAMES is set in the initialization file for the database instance, use (srv=[service name]), else, use (srv=*) if not set or rule applies to all databases on the DBMS server. If network access restriction is performed by an external device, validate ACLs are in place to prohibit unauthorized access to the DBMS. To do this, find the IP address of the database server (destination address) and source address (authorized IPs) in the System Security Plan. Confirm only authorized IPs from the System Security Plan are allowed access to the DBMS.

Fix: F-21577r533119_fix

Configure the database listener to restrict access by IP address or set up an external device to restrict network access to the DBMS.

b
Changes to configuration options must be audited.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-219868 - SV-219868r1018568_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
O121-BP-025800
Vuln IDs
  • V-219868
  • V-61519
Rule IDs
  • SV-219868r1018568_rule
  • SV-76009
When standard auditing is in use, the AUDIT_SYS_OPERATIONS parameter is used to enable auditing of actions taken by the user SYS. The SYS user account is a shared account by definition and holds all privileges in the Oracle database. It is the account accessed by users connecting to the database with SYSDBA or SYSOPER privileges.
Checks: C-21579r1018567_chk

For Unified or mixed auditing, from SQL*Plus: Select count(*) from audit_unified_enabled_policies where entity_name = 'SYS'; If the count is less than one row, this is a finding. For Standard auditing, from SQL*Plus: Select value from v$parameter where name = 'audit_sys_operations'; If the value returned is FALSE, this is a finding.

Fix: F-21578r903019_fix

For Standard auditing, from SQL*Plus: alter system set audit_sys_operations = TRUE scope = spfile; The above SQL*Plus command will set the parameter to take effect at next system startup. If Unified Auditing is used: To ensure auditable events are captured: Link the oracle binary with uniaud_on, and then restart the database. Oracle Database Upgrade Guide describes how to enable unified auditing. For additional information on creating audit policies, refer to the Oracle Database Security Guide http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/DBSEG/audit_config.htm#CHDGBAAC

b
Changes to DBMS security labels must be audited.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-219871 - SV-219871r961863_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
O121-BP-026200
Vuln IDs
  • V-219871
  • V-61527
Rule IDs
  • SV-219871r961863_rule
  • SV-76017
Some DBMS systems provide the feature to assign security labels to data elements. If labeling is required, implementation options include the Oracle Label Security package, or a third-party product, or custom-developed functionality. The confidentiality and integrity of the data depends upon the security label assignment where this feature is in use. Changes to security label assignment may indicate suspicious activity.
Checks: C-21582r799971_chk

If no data has been identified as being sensitive or classified in the system documentation, this is not a finding. If security labeling is not required, this is not a finding. If Standard Auditing is used, run the SQL query: select * from dba_sa_audit_options; If no records are returned or if output from the SQL statement above does not show classification labels being audited as required in the System Security Plan, this is a finding. If Unified Auditing is used: To see if Oracle is configured to capture audit data including changes to security label assignment, enter the following SQL*Plus command: SELECT 'Changes to security label assignment is not being audited. ' FROM dual WHERE (SELECT Count(*) FROM (select policy_name , audit_option from audit_unified_policies WHERE audit_option = 'ALL' AND audit_option_type = 'OLS ACTION' AND policy_name in (select policy_name from audit_unified_enabled_policies where user_name='ALL USERS'))) = 0 OR (SELECT value FROM v$option WHERE parameter = 'Unified Auditing') != 'TRUE'; If Oracle returns "no rows selected", this is not a finding. To confirm that Oracle audit is capturing sufficient information to establish that changes to classification labels are being audited, perform a successful auditable action and an auditable action that results in an SQL error, and then view the results in the SYS.UNIFIED_AUDIT_TRAIL view. If no ACTION#, or the wrong value, is returned for the auditable actions, this is a finding.

Fix: F-21581r533127_fix

Define the policy for auditing changes to security labels defined for the data. Document the audit requirements in the System Security Plan and configure database auditing in accordance with the policy. If using Standard Auditing: If there is no Unified Auditing policy deployed to audit changes to security labels, the create one using the following syntax: SA_AUDIT_ADMIN.AUDIT ( policy_name IN VARCHAR2, users IN VARCHAR2 DEFAULT NULL, audit_option IN VARCHAR2 DEFAULT NULL, audit_type IN VARCHAR2 DEFAULT NULL, success IN VARCHAR2 DEFAULT NULL); For additional information on creating audit policies, refer to the Oracle Database Security Guide http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/OLSAG/packages.htm#i1011868 If Unified Auditing is used: To ensure auditable events are captured: Link the oracle binary with uniaud_on, and then restart the database. Oracle Database Upgrade Guide describes how to enable unified auditing. Reference V-61625 for information on how to configure a policy to audit changes to security label assignments. For additional information on creating audit policies, refer to the Oracle Database Security Guide http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/DBSEG/audit_config.htm#CHDGBAAC

b
Remote database or other external access must use fully-qualified names.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-219872 - SV-219872r961863_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
O121-BP-026300
Vuln IDs
  • V-219872
  • V-61529
Rule IDs
  • SV-219872r961863_rule
  • SV-76019
The Oracle GLOBAL_NAMES parameter is used to set the requirement for database link names to be the same name as the remote database whose connection they define. By using the same name for both, ambiguity is avoided and unauthorized or unintended connections to remote databases are less likely.
Checks: C-21583r533128_chk

From SQL*Plus: select value from v$parameter where name = 'global_names'; If the value returned is FALSE, this is a finding.

Fix: F-21582r533129_fix

From SQL*Plus: alter system set global_names = TRUE scope = spfile; Note: This parameter, if changed, will affect all currently defined Oracle database links. The above SQL*Plus command will set the parameter to take effect at next system startup.

b
The /diag subdirectory under the directory assigned to the DIAGNOSTIC_DEST parameter must be protected from unauthorized access.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-219873 - SV-219873r961863_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
O121-BP-026400
Vuln IDs
  • V-219873
  • V-61531
Rule IDs
  • SV-219873r961863_rule
  • SV-76021
/diag indicates the directory where trace, alert, core and incident directories and files are located. The files may contain sensitive data or information that could prove useful to potential attackers.
Checks: C-21584r533130_chk

From SQL*Plus: select value from v$parameter where name='diagnostic_dest'; On UNIX Systems: ls -ld [pathname]/diag Substitute [pathname] with the directory path listed from the above SQL command, and append "/diag" to it, as shown. If permissions are granted for world access, this is a Finding. If any groups that include members other than the Oracle process and software owner accounts, DBAs, auditors, or backup accounts are listed, this is a Finding. On Windows Systems (From Windows Explorer): Browse to the \diag directory under the directory specified. Select and right-click on the directory, select Properties, select the Security tab. If permissions are granted to everyone, this is a Finding. If any account other than the Oracle process and software owner accounts, Administrators, DBAs, System group or developers authorized to write and debug applications on this database are listed, this is a Finding.

Fix: F-21583r533131_fix

Alter host system permissions to the <DIAGNOSTIC_DEST>/diag directory to the Oracle process and software owner accounts, DBAs, SAs (if required) and developers or other users that may specifically require access for debugging or other purposes. Authorize and document user access requirements to the directory outside of the Oracle, DBA and SA account list.

b
Remote administration must be disabled for the Oracle connection manager.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-219874 - SV-219874r961863_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
O121-BP-026500
Vuln IDs
  • V-219874
  • V-61533
Rule IDs
  • SV-219874r961863_rule
  • SV-76023
Remote administration provides a potential opportunity for malicious users to make unauthorized changes to the Connection Manager configuration or interrupt its service.
Checks: C-21585r533132_chk

View the cman.ora file in the ORACLE_HOME/network/admin directory. If the file does not exist, the database is not accessed via Oracle Connection Manager and this check is not a finding. If the entry and value for REMOTE_ADMIN is not listed or is not set to a value of NO (REMOTE_ADMIN = NO), this is a finding.

Fix: F-21584r533133_fix

View the cman.ora file in the ORACLE_HOME/network/admin directory of the Connection Manager. Include the following line in the file: REMOTE_ADMIN = NO

b
Network client connections must be restricted to supported versions.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-219875 - SV-219875r961863_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
O121-BP-026600
Vuln IDs
  • V-219875
  • V-61535
Rule IDs
  • SV-219875r961863_rule
  • SV-76025
Unsupported Oracle network client installations may introduce vulnerabilities to the database. Restriction to use of supported versions helps to protect the database and helps to enforce newer, more robust security controls.
Checks: C-21586r533134_chk

Note: The SQLNET.ALLOWED_LOGON_VERSION parameter is deprecated in Oracle Database 12c. This parameter has been replaced with two new Oracle Net Services parameters: SQLNET.ALLOWED_LOGON_VERSION_SERVER SQLNET.ALLOWED_LOGON_VERSION_CLIENT View the SQLNET.ORA file in the ORACLE_HOME/network/admin directory or the directory specified in the TNS_ADMIN environment variable. (Please see the supplemental file "Non-default sqlnet.ora configurations.pdf" for how to find multiple and/or differently located sqlnet.ora files.) Locate the following entries: SQLNET.ALLOWED_LOGON_VERSION_SERVER = 12 SQLNET.ALLOWED_LOGON_VERSION_CLIENT = 12 If the parameters do not exist, this is a finding. If the parameters are not set to a value of 12 or 12a, this is a finding. Note: Attempting to connect with a client version lower than specified in these parameters may result in a misleading error: ORA-01017: invalid username/password: logon denied

Fix: F-21585r533135_fix

Edit the SQLNET.ORA file to add or edit the entries: SQLNET.ALLOWED_LOGON_VERSION_SERVER = 12 SQLNET.ALLOWED_LOGON_VERSION_CLIENT = 12 Set the value to 12 or higher. Valid values for SQLNET.ALLOWED_LOGON_VERSION_SERVER are: 12 and 12a Valid values for SQLNET.ALLOWED_LOGON_VERSION_CLIENT are: 12 and 12a For more information on sqlnet.ora parameters refer to the following document: "Database Net Services Reference" http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/NETRF/sqlnet.htm#NETRF006 For more information on configuring authentication refer to the following document: "Oracle Database 12C Password Version Configuration Guidelines" https://docs.oracle.com/database/121/DBSEG/authentication.htm#GUID-E6EE45DD-1E3B-4028-B8DE-65D6AA373821

c
The DBMS, when using PKI-based authentication, must enforce authorized access to the corresponding private key.
IA-5 - High - CCI-000186 - V-220263 - SV-220263r961041_rule
RMF Control
IA-5
Severity
High
CCI
CCI-000186
Version
O121-C1-015400
Vuln IDs
  • V-220263
  • V-61543
Rule IDs
  • SV-220263r961041_rule
  • SV-76033
The cornerstone of the PKI is the private key used to encrypt or digitally sign information. If the private key is stolen, this will lead to the compromise of the authentication and non-repudiation gained through PKI because the attacker can use the private key to digitally sign documents and can pretend to be the authorized user. Both the holders of a digital certificate and the issuing authority must protect the computers, storage devices, or whatever they use to keep the private keys. All access to the private key of the DBMS must be restricted to authorized and authenticated users. If unauthorized users have access to the DBMS’s private key, an attacker could gain access to the primary key and use it to impersonate the database on the network. Transport Layer Security (TLS) is the successor protocol to Secure Sockets Layer (SSL). Although the Oracle configuration parameters have names including 'SSL', such as SSL_VERSION and SSL_CIPHER_SUITES, they refer to TLS.
Checks: C-21978r799973_chk

Review DBMS configuration to determine whether appropriate access controls exist to protect the DBMS’s private key. If strong access controls do not exist to enforce authorized access to the private key, this is a finding. - - - - - The database supports authentication by using digital certificates over TLS in addition to the native encryption and data integrity capabilities of these protocols. An Oracle Wallet is a container that is used to store authentication and signing credentials, including private keys, certificates, and trusted certificates needed by TLS. In an Oracle environment, every entity that communicates over TLS must have a wallet containing an X.509 version 3 certificate, private key, and list of trusted certificates, with the exception of Diffie-Hellman. If the $ORACLE_HOME/network/admin/sqlnet.ora contains the following entries, TLS is installed. (Note: This assumes that a single sqlnet.ora file, in the default location, is in use. Please see the supplemental file "Non-default sqlnet.ora configurations.pdf" for how to find multiple and/or differently located sqlnet.ora files.) WALLET_LOCATION = (SOURCE= (METHOD = FILE) (METHOD_DATA = DIRECTORY=/wallet) SSL_CIPHER_SUITES=(SSL_cipher_suiteExample) SSL_VERSION = 1.2 SSL_CLIENT_AUTHENTICATION=FALSE/TRUE

Fix: F-21970r391921_fix

Implement strong access and authentication controls to protect the database’s private key. Configure the database to support Transport Layer Security (TLS) protocols and the Oracle Wallet to store authentication and signing credentials, including private keys.

b
The DBMS must limit the number of concurrent sessions for each system account to an organization-defined number of sessions.
AC-10 - Medium - CCI-000054 - V-220264 - SV-220264r960735_rule
RMF Control
AC-10
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000054
Version
O121-C2-000100
Vuln IDs
  • V-220264
  • V-61967
Rule IDs
  • SV-220264r960735_rule
  • SV-76457
Application management includes the ability to control the number of users and user sessions utilizing an application. Limiting the number of allowed users, and sessions per user, is helpful in limiting risks related to Denial of Service attacks. This requirement addresses concurrent session control for a single information system account and does not address concurrent sessions by a single user via multiple system accounts. Unlimited concurrent connections to the DBMS could allow a successful Denial of Service (DoS) attack by exhausting connection resources. The organization will need to define the maximum number of concurrent sessions by account type, by account, or a combination thereof. In deciding on the appropriate number, it is important to take into account the work requirements of the various types of user. For example, 2 might be an acceptable limit for general users accessing the database via an application; but 10 might be too few for a database administrator using a database management GUI tool, where each query tab and navigation pane may count as a separate session.
Checks: C-21979r391923_chk

Retrieve the settings for concurrent sessions for each profile with the query: SELECT * FROM SYS.DBA_PROFILES WHERE RESOURCE_NAME = 'SESSIONS_PER_USER'; If the DBMS settings for concurrent sessions for each profile are greater than the site-specific maximum number of sessions, this is a finding.

Fix: F-21971r391924_fix

Limit concurrent connections for each system account to a number less than or equal to the organization-defined number of sessions using the following SQL. Create profiles that conform to the requirements. Assign users to the appropriate profile. The user profile, ORA_STIG_PROFILE, has been provided (starting with Oracle 12.1.0.2) to satisfy the STIG requirements pertaining to the profile parameters. Oracle recommends that this profile be customized with any site-specific requirements and assigned to all users where applicable. Note: It remains necessary to create a customized replacement for the password validation function, ORA12C_STRONG_VERIFY_FUNCTION, if relying on this technique to verify password complexity. The defaults for ORA_STIG_PROFILE are set as follows: Resource Name Limit ------------- ------ COMPOSITE_LIMIT DEFAULT SESSIONS_PER_USER DEFAULT CPU_PER_SESSION DEFAULT CPU_PER_CALL DEFAULT LOGICAL_READS_PER_SESSION DEFAULT LOGICAL_READS_PER_CALL DEFAULT IDLE_TIME 15 CONNECT_TIME DEFAULT PRIVATE_SGA DEFAULT FAILED_LOGIN_ATTEMPTS 3 PASSWORD_LIFE_TIME 60 PASSWORD_REUSE_TIME 365 PASSWORD_REUSE_MAX 10 PASSWORD_VERIFY_FUNCTION ORA12C_STRONG_VERIFY_FUNCTION PASSWORD_LOCK_TIME UNLIMITED PASSWORD_GRACE_TIME 5 Change the value of SESSIONS_PER_USER (along with the other parameters, where relevant) from UNLIMITED to DoD-compliant, site-specific requirements and then assign users to the profile. ALTER PROFILE ORA_STIG_PROFILE LIMIT SESSIONS_PER_USER <site-specific value>; To assign the user to the profile do the following: ALTER USER <username> PROFILE ORA_STIG_PROFILE;

c
The system must employ automated mechanisms for supporting Oracle user account management.
AC-2 - High - CCI-000015 - V-220265 - SV-220265r960768_rule
RMF Control
AC-2
Severity
High
CCI
CCI-000015
Version
O121-C2-001800
Vuln IDs
  • V-220265
  • V-61557
Rule IDs
  • SV-220265r960768_rule
  • SV-76047
A comprehensive application account management process that includes automation helps to ensure accounts designated as requiring attention are consistently and promptly addressed. Examples include, but are not limited to, using automation to take action on multiple accounts designated as inactive, suspended, or terminated, or by disabling accounts located in non-centralized account stores, such as multiple servers. Enterprise environments make application user account management challenging and complex. A user management process requiring administrators to manually address account management functions adds risk of potential oversight. Automated mechanisms may be comprised of differing technologies that when placed together contain an overall automated mechanism supporting an organization's automated account management requirements. Databases can have large numbers of users in disparate locations and job functions. Automatic account management can help mitigate the risk of human error found in manually managing database access. Note that user authentication and account management must be done via an enterprise-wide mechanism whenever possible. Examples of enterprise-level authentication/access mechanisms include, but are not limited to, Active Directory and LDAP. This requirement applies to cases where it is necessary to have accounts directly managed by Oracle.
Checks: C-21980r822468_chk

If all user accounts are authenticated by the OS or an enterprise-level authentication/access mechanism, and not by Oracle, this is not a finding. If an Oracle feature/product, an OS feature, a third-party product, or custom code is used to automate account management, this is not a finding. Determine what is the site-defined definition of an acceptably small level of manual account-management activity. If the site has established the definition, documented it, and obtained ISSO-ISSM-AO approval, use that definition. If not, use the following rule of thumb as the definition: No more than 12 such accounts exist or are expected to exist; no more than 100 manual account-management actions (account creation, modification, locking, unlocking, removal, etc.) are expected to occur in the course of a year. If the amount of account management activity is small, as defined in the preceding paragraph, this is not a finding. Otherwise, this is a finding.

Fix: F-21972r822469_fix

Utilize an Oracle feature/product, an OS feature, a third-party product, or custom code to automate some or all account maintenance functionality. - - - - - Roles and Profiles are two Oracle features that should be employed in account management. (Indeed, other requirements mandate the use of Roles.) The following are notes from Oracle on the use of Profiles: A profile is a named set of resource limits and password parameters that restrict database usage and instance resources for a user. You can assign a profile to each user, and a default profile to all others. Each user can have only one profile, and creating a new one supersedes any earlier one. Profile resource limits are enforced only when you enable resource limitation for the associated database. Enabling such limitation can occur either before starting up the database (the RESOURCE_LIMIT initialization parameter) or while it is open (using an ALTER SYSTEM statement). While password parameters reside in profiles, they are unaffected by RESOURCE_LIMIT or ALTER SYSTEM and password management is always enabled.

c
The DBMS must enforce approved authorizations for logical access to the system in accordance with applicable policy.
AC-3 - High - CCI-000213 - V-220266 - SV-220266r960792_rule
RMF Control
AC-3
Severity
High
CCI
CCI-000213
Version
O121-C2-002700
Vuln IDs
  • V-220266
  • V-61575
Rule IDs
  • SV-220266r960792_rule
  • SV-76065
Strong access controls are critical to securing application data. Access control policies (e.g., identity-based policies, role-based policies, attribute-based policies) and access enforcement mechanisms (e.g., access control lists, access control matrices, cryptography) must be employed by applications, when applicable, to control access between users (or processes acting on behalf of users) and objects (e.g., devices, files, records, processes, programs, domains) in the information system. Consideration should be given to the implementation of an audited, explicit override of automated mechanisms in the event of emergencies or other serious events. If the DBMS does not follow applicable policy when approving access it may be in conflict with networks or other applications in the information system. This may result in users either gaining or being denied access inappropriately and may be in conflict with applicable policy.
Checks: C-21981r822471_chk

Check DBMS settings to determine whether users are restricted from accessing objects and data they are not authorized to access. If appropriate access controls are not implemented to restrict access to authorized users and to restrict the access of those users to objects and data they are authorized to see, this is a finding. The easiest way to isolate access is by using the Oracle Database Vault. To check to see if the Oracle Database Vault is installed, issue the following query: SQL&gt; SELECT * FROM V$OPTION WHERE PARAMETER = 'Oracle Database Vault'; If Oracle Database Vault is installed, review its settings for appropriateness and completeness of the access it permits and denies to each type of user. If appropriate and complete, this is not a finding. If Oracle Database Vault is not installed, review the roles and profiles in the database and the assignment of users to these for appropriateness and completeness of the access permitted and denied each type of user. If appropriate and complete, this is not a finding. If the access permitted and denied each type of user is inappropriate or incomplete, this is a finding. Following are code examples for reviewing roles, profiles, etc. Find out what role the users have: select * from dba_role_privs where granted_role = '&lt;role&gt;' List all roles given to a user: select * from dba_role_privs where grantee = '&lt;username&gt;'; List all roles for all users: column grantee format a32 column granted_role format a32 break on grantee select grantee, granted_role from dba_role_privs; Use the following query to list all privileges given to a user: select lpad(' ', 2*level) || granted_role "User roles and privileges" from ( /* THE USERS */ select null grantee, username granted_role from dba_users where username like upper('&lt;enter_username&gt;') /* THE ROLES TO ROLES RELATIONS */ union select grantee, granted_role from dba_role_privs /* THE ROLES TO PRIVILEGE RELATIONS */ union select grantee, privilege from dba_sys_privs ) start with grantee is null connect by grantee = prior granted_role; List which tables a certain role gives SELECT access to using the query: select * from role_tab_privs where role='&lt;role&gt;' and privilege = 'SELECT'; List all tables a user can SELECT from using the query: select * from dba_tab_privs where GRANTEE ='&lt;username&gt;' and privilege = 'SELECT'; List all users who can SELECT on a particular table (either through being given a relevant role or through a direct grant - e.g., grant select on a table to Joe). The result of this query should also show through which role the user has this access or whether it was a direct grant. select Grantee,'Granted Through Role' as Grant_Type, role, table_name from role_tab_privs rtp, dba_role_privs drp where rtp.role = drp.granted_role and table_name = '&lt;TABLENAME&gt;' union select Grantee, 'Direct Grant' as Grant_type, null as role, table_name from dba_tab_privs where table_name = '&lt;TABLENAME&gt;';

Fix: F-21973r917643_fix

If Oracle Database Vault is in use, use it to configure the correct access privileges for each type of user. If Oracle Database Vault is not in use, configure the correct access privileges for each type of user using Roles and Profiles. Do not assign privileges directly to users, except for those that Oracle does not permit to be assigned via roles. For more information on the configuration of Database Vault, refer to the Database Vault Administrator's Guide: https://docs.oracle.com/database/121/DVADM/toc.htm

b
The DBMS must provide audit record generation capability for organization-defined auditable events within the database.
AU-12 - Medium - CCI-000169 - V-220267 - SV-220267r960879_rule
RMF Control
AU-12
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000169
Version
O121-C2-006800
Vuln IDs
  • V-220267
  • V-61621
Rule IDs
  • SV-220267r960879_rule
  • SV-76111
Audit records can be generated from various components within the information system. (e.g., network interface, hard disk, modem, etc.). From an application perspective, certain specific application functionalities may be audited as well. The list of audited events is the set of events for which audits are to be generated. This set of events is typically a subset of the list of all events for which the system is capable of generating audit records (i.e., auditable events, timestamps, source and destination addresses, user/process identifiers, event descriptions, success/fail indications, file names involved, and access control or flow control rules invoked). Organizations define which application components shall provide auditable events. The DBMS must provide auditing for the list of events defined by the organization or risk negatively impacting forensic investigations into malicious behavior in the information system. Audit records can be generated from various components within the information system, such as network interfaces, hard disks, modems, etc. From an application perspective, certain specific application functionalities may be audited, as well. The list of audited events is the set of events for which audits are to be generated. This set of events is typically a subset of the list of all events for which the system is capable of generating audit records (i.e., auditable events, timestamps, source and destination addresses, user/process identifiers, event descriptions, success/fail indications, file names involved, and access control or flow control rules invoked). Organizations may define the organizational personnel accountable for determining which application components shall provide auditable events. Auditing provides accountability for changes made to the DBMS configuration or its objects and data. It provides a means to discover suspicious activity and unauthorized changes. Without auditing, a compromise may go undetected and without a means to determine accountability. The Department of Defense has established the following as the minimum set of auditable events. Most can be audited via Oracle settings; some - marked here with an asterisk - cannot, and may require OS settings. - Successful and unsuccessful attempts to access, modify, or delete privileges, security objects, security levels, or categories of information (e.g. classification levels). - Successful and unsuccessful logon attempts, privileged activities or other system level access - Starting and ending time for user access to the system, concurrent logons from different workstations. - Successful and unsuccessful accesses to objects. - All program initiations. - *All direct access to the information system. - All account creations, modifications, disabling, and terminations. - *All kernel module loads, unloads, and restarts.
Checks: C-21982r836887_chk

Verify, using vendor and system documentation if necessary, that the DBMS is configured to use Oracle's auditing features, or that a third-party product or custom code is deployed and configured to satisfy this requirement. If a third-party product or custom code is used, compare its current configuration with the audit requirements. If any of the requirements is not covered by the configuration, this is a finding. The remainder of this Check is applicable specifically where Oracle auditing is in use. If Standard Auditing is used: To see if Oracle is configured to capture audit data, enter the following SQL*Plus command: SHOW PARAMETER AUDIT_TRAIL or the following SQL query: SELECT * FROM SYS.V$PARAMETER WHERE NAME = 'audit_trail'; If Oracle returns the value 'NONE', this is a finding. To confirm that Oracle audit is capturing information on the required events, review the contents of the SYS.AUD$ table or the audit file, whichever is in use. If auditable events are not listed, this is a finding. If Unified Auditing is used: To see if Oracle is configured to capture audit data, enter the following SQL*Plus command: SELECT * FROM V$OPTION WHERE PARAMETER = 'Unified Auditing'; If Oracle returns a value something other than "TRUE", this is a finding. To confirm that Oracle audit is capturing information on the required events, review the contents of the SYS.UNIFIED_AUDIT_TRAIL view. If auditable events are not listed, this is a finding.

Fix: F-21974r391933_fix

Configure the DBMS's auditing to audit organization-defined auditable events. If preferred, use a third-party tool. The tool must provide the minimum capability to audit the required events. If using a third-party product, proceed in accordance with the product documentation. If using Oracle's capabilities, proceed as follows. If Standard Auditing is used: Use this process to ensure auditable events are captured: ALTER SYSTEM SET AUDIT_TRAIL=<audit trail type> SCOPE=SPFILE; Audit trail type can be 'OS', 'DB', 'DB,EXTENDED', 'XML' or 'XML,EXTENDED'. After executing this statement, it may be necessary to shut down and restart the Oracle database. If the site-specific audit requirements are not covered by the default audit options, deploy and configure Fine-Grained Auditing. For details, refer to Oracle documentation at the locations below. If Unified Auditing is used: Use this process to ensure auditable events are captured: Link the oracle binary with uniaud_on, and then restart the database. Oracle Database Upgrade Guide describes how to enable unified auditing. For more information on the configuration of auditing, refer to the following documents: "Auditing Database Activity" in the Oracle Database 2 Day + Security Guide: http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/TDPSG/tdpsg_auditing.htm#TDPSG50000 "Monitoring Database Activity with Auditing" in the Oracle Database Security Guide: http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/DBSEG/part_6.htm#CCHEHCGI "DBMS_AUDIT_MGMT" in the Oracle Database PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference: http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/ARPLS/d_audit_mgmt.htm#ARPLS241 Oracle Database Upgrade Guide: http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/UPGRD/afterup.htm#UPGRD52810 If the site-specific audit requirements are not covered by the default audit options, deploy and configure Fine-Grained Auditing. For details, refer to Oracle documentation at the locations above.

b
The DBMS must allow designated organizational personnel to select which auditable events are to be audited by the database.
AU-12 - Medium - CCI-000171 - V-220268 - SV-220268r960882_rule
RMF Control
AU-12
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000171
Version
O121-C2-006900
Vuln IDs
  • V-220268
  • V-61623
Rule IDs
  • SV-220268r960882_rule
  • SV-76113
The list of audited events is the set of events for which audits are to be generated. This set of events is typically a subset of the list of all events for which the system is capable of generating audit records (i.e., auditable events, timestamps, source and destination addresses, user/process identifiers, event descriptions, success/fail indications, file names involved, and access control or flow control rules invoked). If the list of auditable events is not configurable, events that should be caught by auditing may be missed. This may allow malicious activity to be overlooked.
Checks: C-21983r391935_chk

Check DBMS settings and documentation to determine whether designated personnel are able to select which auditable events are being audited. If designated personnel are not able to configure auditable events, this is a finding.

Fix: F-21975r391936_fix

Configure the DBMS's settings to allow designated personnel to select which auditable events are audited. Note the following: In Oracle, any user can configure auditing for the objects in his or her own schema by using the AUDIT statement. To undo the audit configuration for an object, the user can use the NOAUDIT statement. No additional privileges are needed to perform this task. To audit objects in another schema, the user must have the AUDIT ANY system privilege. To audit system privileges, the user must have the AUDIT SYSTEM privilege. For more information on the configuration of auditing, refer to the following documents: "Auditing Database Activity" in the Oracle Database 2 Day + Security Guide: http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/TDPSG/tdpsg_auditing.htm#TDPSG50000 "Monitoring Database Activity with Auditing" in the Oracle Database Security Guide: http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/DBSEG/part_6.htm#CCHEHCGI "DBMS_AUDIT_MGMT" in the Oracle Database PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference: http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/ARPLS/d_audit_mgmt.htm#ARPLS241

b
The DBMS must generate audit records for the DoD-selected list of auditable events, to the extent such information is available.
AU-12 - Medium - CCI-000172 - V-220269 - SV-220269r960885_rule
RMF Control
AU-12
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000172
Version
O121-C2-007000
Vuln IDs
  • V-220269
  • V-61625
Rule IDs
  • SV-220269r960885_rule
  • SV-76115
Audit records can be generated from various components within the information system, such as network interfaces, hard disks, modems, etc. From an application perspective, certain specific application functionalities may be audited, as well. The list of audited events is the set of events for which audits are to be generated. This set of events is typically a subset of the list of all events for which the system is capable of generating audit records (i.e., auditable events, timestamps, source and destination addresses, user/process identifiers, event descriptions, success/fail indications, file names involved, and access control or flow control rules invoked). Organizations may define the organizational personnel accountable for determining which application components shall provide auditable events. Auditing provides accountability for changes made to the DBMS configuration or its objects and data. It provides a means to discover suspicious activity and unauthorized changes. Without auditing, a compromise may go undetected and without a means to determine accountability. The Department of Defense has established the following as the minimum set of auditable events. Most can be audited via Oracle settings; some - marked here with an asterisk - cannot, and may require OS settings. - Successful and unsuccessful attempts to access, modify, or delete privileges, security objects, security levels, or categories of information (e.g. classification levels). - Successful and unsuccessful logon attempts, privileged activities or other system level access - Starting and ending time for user access to the system, concurrent logons from different workstations. - Successful and unsuccessful accesses to objects. - All program initiations. - *All direct access to the information system. - All account creations, modifications, disabling, and terminations. - *All kernel module loads, unloads, and restarts.
Checks: C-21984r391938_chk

Check DBMS settings to determine if auditing is being performed on the events on the DoD-selected list of auditable events that lie within the scope of Oracle audit capabilities: - Successful and unsuccessful attempts to access, modify, or delete privileges, security objects, security levels, or categories of information (e.g., classification levels). - Successful and unsuccessful logon attempts, privileged activities or other system-level access - Starting and ending time for user access to the system, concurrent logons from different workstations. - Successful and unsuccessful accesses to objects. - All program initiations. - All account creations, modifications, disabling, and terminations. If auditing is not being performed for any of these events, this is a finding. Notes on Oracle audit capabilities follow. Unified Audit supports named audit policies, which are defined using the CREATE AUDIT POLICY statement. A policy specifies the actions that should be audited and the objects to which it should apply. If no specific objects are included in the policy definition, it applies to all objects. A named policy is enabled using the AUDIT POLICY statement. It can be enabled for all users, for specific users only, or for all except a specified list of users. The policy can audit successful actions, unsuccessful actions, or both. Verifying existing audit policy: existing Unified Audit policies are listed in the view AUDIT_UNIFIED_POLICIES. The AUDIT_OPTION column contains one of the actions specified in a CREATE AUDIT POLICY statement. The AUDIT_OPTION_TYPE column contains 'STANDARD ACTION' for a policy that applies to all objects or 'OBJECT ACTION' for a policy that audits actions on a specific object. select POLICY_NAME from SYS.AUDIT_UNIFIED_POLICIES where AUDIT_OPTION='GRANT' and AUDIT_OPTION_TYPE='STANDARD ACTION'; To find policies that audit privilege grants on specific objects: select POLICY_NAME,OBJECT_SCHEMA,OBJECT_NAME from SYS.AUDIT_UNIFIED_POLICIES where AUDIT_OPTION='GRANT' and AUDIT_OPTION_TYPE='OBJECT ACTION'; The view AUDIT_UNIFIED_ENABLED_POLICIES shows which Unified Audit policies are enabled. The ENABLED_OPT and USER_NAME columns show the users for whom the policy is enabled or 'ALL USERS'. The SUCCESS and FAILURE columns indicate if the policy is enabled for successful or unsuccessful actions, respectively. select POLICY_NAME,ENABLED_OPT,USER_NAME,SUCCESS,FAILURE from SYS.AUDIT_UNIFIED_ENABLED_POLICIES where POLICY_NAME='POLICY1';

Fix: F-21976r391939_fix

Configure the DBMS's auditing settings to include auditing of events on the DoD-selected list of auditable events. 1) Successful and unsuccessful attempts to access, modify, or delete privileges, security objects, security levels, or categories of information (e.g., classification levels) To audit granting and revocation of any privilege: create audit policy policy1 actions grant; create audit policy policy2 actions revoke; To audit grants of object privileges on a specific object: create audit policy policy3 actions grant on <schema>.<object>; If Oracle Label Security is enabled, this will audit all OLS administrative actions: create audit policy policy4 actions component = OLS all; 2) Successful and unsuccessful logon attempts, privileged activities or other system-level access To audit all user logon attempts: create audit policy policy5 actions logon; To audit only logon attempts using administrative privileges (e.g. AS SYSDBA): audit policy policy5 by SYS, SYSOPER, SYSBACKUP, SYSDG, SYSKM; 3) Starting and ending time for user access to the system, concurrent logons from different workstations This policy will audit all logon and logoff events. An individual session is identified in the UNIFIED_AUDIT_TRAIL by the tuple (DBID, INSTANCE_ID, SESSIONID) and the start and end time will be indicated by the EVENT_TIMESTAMP of the logon and logoff events: create audit policy policy6 actions logon, logoff; 4) Successful and unsuccessful accesses to objects To audit all accesses to a specific table: create audit policy policy7 actions select, insert, delete, alter on <schema>.<object>; Different actions are defined for other object types. To audit all supported actions on a specific object: create audit policy policy8 actions all on <schema>.<object>; 5) All program initiations To audit execution of any PL/SQL program unit: create audit policy policy9 actions EXECUTE; To audit execution of a specific function, procedure, or package: create audit policy policy10 actions EXECUTE on <schema>.<object>; 6) All direct access to the information system [Not applicable to Database audit. Monitor using OS auditing.] 7) All account creations, modifications, disabling, and terminations To audit all user administration actions: create audit policy policy11 actions create user, alter user, drop user, change password; 8) All kernel module loads, unloads, and restarts [Not applicable to Database audit. Monitor using OS auditing.] 9) All database parameter changes To audit any database parameter changes, dynamic or static: create audit policy policy12 actions alter database, alter system, create spfile; Applying the Policy The following command will enable the policy in all database sessions and audit both successful and unsuccessful actions: audit policy policy1; To audit only unsuccessful actions, add the WHENEVER NOT SUCCESSFUL modifier: audit policy policy1 whenever not successful; Either command above can be limited to only database sessions started by a specific user as follows: audit policy policy1 by <user>; audit policy policy1 by <user> whenever not successful;

b
The DBMS must produce audit records containing sufficient information to establish what type of events occurred.
AU-3 - Medium - CCI-000130 - V-220270 - SV-220270r960891_rule
RMF Control
AU-3
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000130
Version
O121-C2-007400
Vuln IDs
  • V-220270
  • V-61627
Rule IDs
  • SV-220270r960891_rule
  • SV-76117
Information system auditing capability is critical for accurate forensic analysis. Audit record content that may be necessary to satisfy the requirement of this control includes: timestamps, source and destination addresses, user/process identifiers, event descriptions, success/fail indications, file names involved, and access control or flow control rules invoked. Database software is capable of a range of actions on data stored within the database. It is important, for accurate forensic analysis, to know exactly what actions were performed. This requires specific information regarding the event type an audit record is referring to. If event type information is not recorded and stored with the audit record, the record itself is of very limited use.
Checks: C-21985r836889_chk

Verify, using vendor and system documentation if necessary, that the DBMS is configured to use Oracle's auditing features, or that a third-party product or custom code is deployed and configured to satisfy this requirement. If a third-party product or custom code is used, compare its current configuration with the audit requirements. If any of the requirements is not covered by the configuration, this is a finding. The remainder of this Check is applicable specifically where Oracle auditing is in use. If Standard Auditing is used: To see if Oracle is configured to capture audit data, enter the following SQL*Plus command: SHOW PARAMETER AUDIT_TRAIL or the following SQL query: SELECT * FROM SYS.V$PARAMETER WHERE NAME = 'audit_trail'; If Oracle returns the value "NONE", this is a finding. To confirm that Oracle audit is capturing sufficient information to establish the identity of the user/subject or process, perform a successful auditable action and an auditable action that results in an SQL error, and then view the results in the SYS.AUD$ table or the audit file, whichever is in use. If no ACTION#, or the wrong value, is returned for the auditable actions just performed, this is a finding. If Unified Auditing is used: To see if Oracle is configured to capture audit data, enter the following SQL*Plus command: SELECT * FROM V$OPTION WHERE PARAMETER = 'Unified Auditing'; If Oracle returns a value something other than "TRUE", this is a finding. To confirm that Oracle audit is capturing sufficient information to establish the identity of the user/subject or process, perform a successful auditable action and an auditable action that results in an SQL error, and then view the results in the SYS.UNIFIED_AUDIT_TRAIL view. If no ACTION_NAME, or the wrong value, is returned for the auditable actions just performed, this is a finding.

Fix: F-21977r391942_fix

Configure the DBMS's auditing to audit standard and organization-defined auditable events, the audit record to include what type of event occurred. If preferred, use a third-party or custom tool. If using a third-party product, proceed in accordance with the product documentation. If using Oracle's capabilities, proceed as follows. If Standard Auditing is used: Use this process to ensure auditable events are captured: ALTER SYSTEM SET AUDIT_TRAIL=<audit trail type> SCOPE=SPFILE; Audit trail type can be 'OS', 'DB', 'DB,EXTENDED', 'XML' or 'XML,EXTENDED'. After executing this statement, it may be necessary to shut down and restart the Oracle database. If Unified Auditing is used: To ensure auditable events are captured: Link the oracle binary with uniaud_on, and then restart the database. Oracle Database Upgrade Guide describes how to enable unified auditing. For more information on the configuration of auditing, refer to the following documents: "Auditing Database Activity" in the Oracle Database 2 Day + Security Guide: http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/TDPSG/tdpsg_auditing.htm#TDPSG50000 "Monitoring Database Activity with Auditing" in the Oracle Database Security Guide: http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/DBSEG/part_6.htm#CCHEHCGI "DBMS_AUDIT_MGMT" in the Oracle Database PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference: http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/ARPLS/d_audit_mgmt.htm#ARPLS241 Oracle Database Upgrade Guide: http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/UPGRD/afterup.htm#UPGRD52810

b
The DBMS must produce audit records containing sufficient information to establish when (date and time) the events occurred.
AU-3 - Medium - CCI-000131 - V-220271 - SV-220271r960894_rule
RMF Control
AU-3
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000131
Version
O121-C2-007500
Vuln IDs
  • V-220271
  • V-61631
Rule IDs
  • SV-220271r960894_rule
  • SV-76121
Information system auditing capability is critical for accurate forensic analysis. Audit record content that may be necessary to satisfy the requirement of this control includes: timestamps, source and destination addresses, user/process identifiers, event descriptions, success/fail indications, file names involved, and access control or flow control rules invoked. Database software is capable of a range of actions on data stored within the database. It's important, for accurate forensic analysis, to know exactly when specific actions were performed. This requires the date and time an audit record is referring to. If date and time information is not recorded and stored with the audit record, the record itself is of very limited use.
Checks: C-21986r836891_chk

Verify, using vendor and system documentation if necessary, that the DBMS is configured to use Oracle's auditing features, or that a third-party product or custom code is deployed and configured to satisfy this requirement. If a third-party product or custom code is used, compare its current configuration with the audit requirements. If any of the requirements is not covered by the configuration, this is a finding. The remainder of this Check is applicable specifically where Oracle auditing is in use. If Standard Auditing is used: To see if Oracle is configured to capture audit data, enter the following SQL*Plus command: SHOW PARAMETER AUDIT_TRAIL or the following SQL query: SELECT * FROM SYS.V$PARAMETER WHERE NAME = 'audit_trail'; If Oracle returns the value 'NONE', this is a finding. To confirm that Oracle audit is capturing sufficient information to establish when events occurred, perform a successful auditable action and an auditable action that results in an SQL error, and then view the results in the SYS.UNIFIED_AUDIT_TRAIL view. If no timestamp, or the wrong value, is returned for the auditable actions just performed, this is a finding. If Unified Auditing is used: To see if Oracle is configured to capture audit data, enter the following SQL*Plus command: SELECT * FROM V$OPTION WHERE PARAMETER = 'Unified Auditing'; If Oracle returns a value something other than "TRUE", this is a finding. To confirm that Oracle audit is capturing sufficient information to establish when events occurred, perform a successful auditable action and an auditable action that results in an SQL error, and then view the results in the SYS.AUD$ table or the audit file, whichever is in use. If no timestamp, or the wrong value, is returned for the auditable actions just performed, this is a finding.

Fix: F-21978r391945_fix

Configure the DBMS's auditing to audit standard and organization-defined auditable events, the audit record to include the date and time of any user/subject or process associated with the event. If preferred, use a third-party or custom tool. If using a third-party product, proceed in accordance with the product documentation. If using Oracle's capabilities, proceed as follows. To ensure auditable events are captured: Link the oracle binary with uniaud_on, and then restart the database. Oracle Database Upgrade Guide describes how to enable unified auditing. For more information on the configuration of auditing, refer to the following documents: "Auditing Database Activity" in the Oracle Database 2 Day + Security Guide: http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/TDPSG/tdpsg_auditing.htm#TDPSG50000 "Monitoring Database Activity with Auditing" in the Oracle Database Security Guide: http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/DBSEG/part_6.htm#CCHEHCGI "DBMS_AUDIT_MGMT" in the Oracle Database PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference: http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/ARPLS/d_audit_mgmt.htm#ARPLS241 Oracle Database Upgrade Guide: http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/UPGRD

b
The DBMS must produce audit records containing sufficient information to establish where the events occurred.
AU-3 - Medium - CCI-000132 - V-220272 - SV-220272r960897_rule
RMF Control
AU-3
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000132
Version
O121-C2-007600
Vuln IDs
  • V-220272
  • V-61633
Rule IDs
  • SV-220272r960897_rule
  • SV-76123
Information system auditing capability is critical for accurate forensic analysis. Audit record content that may be necessary to satisfy the requirement of this control includes: timestamps, source and destination addresses, user/process identifiers, event descriptions, success/fail indications, file names involved, and access control or flow control rules invoked. Without sufficient information establishing where the audit events occurred, investigation into the cause of events is severely hindered.
Checks: C-21987r836893_chk

Verify, using vendor and system documentation if necessary, that the DBMS is configured to use Oracle's auditing features, or that a third-party product or custom code is deployed and configured to satisfy this requirement. If a third-party product or custom code is used, compare its current configuration with the audit requirements. If any of the requirements is not covered by the configuration, this is a finding. The remainder of this Check is applicable specifically where Oracle auditing is in use. If Standard Auditing is used: To see if Oracle is configured to capture audit data, enter the following SQL*Plus command: SHOW PARAMETER AUDIT_TRAIL or the following SQL query: SELECT * FROM SYS.V$PARAMETER WHERE NAME = 'audit_trail'; If Oracle returns the value 'NONE', this is a finding. To confirm that Oracle audit is capturing sufficient information to establish where events occurred, perform a successful auditable action and an auditable action that results in an SQL error, and then view the results in the SYS.AUD$ table or the audit file, whichever is in use. If no DB ID or Object Creator (standard audit) or Object Schema (unified audit) or Object Name, or the wrong values, are returned for the auditable actions just performed, this is a finding. If no DB ID or OBJ$CREATOR or the wrong values, are returned for the auditable actions just performed, this is a finding. If correct values for USERHOST and TERMINAL are not returned when applicable, this is a finding. If Unified Auditing is used: To see if Oracle is configured to capture audit data, enter the following SQL*Plus command: SELECT * FROM V$OPTION WHERE PARAMETER = 'Unified Auditing'; If Oracle returns a value something other than "TRUE", this is a finding. To confirm that Oracle audit is capturing sufficient information to establish where events occurred, perform a successful auditable action and an auditable action that results in an SQL error, and then view the results in the SYS.UNIFIED_AUDIT_TRAIL view. If no DBID or OBJECT_SCHEMA or OBJECT_NAME, or the wrong values, are returned for the auditable actions just performed, this is a finding. If correct values for USERHOST and TERMINAL are not returned when applicable, this is a finding. For Unified Auditing, the following view can be useful for reviewing its output: CREATE OR REPLACE FORCE VIEW SYS.UNIFIED_AUDIT_TRAIL ( AUDIT_TYPE, SESSIONID, PROXY_SESSIONID, OS_USERNAME, USERHOST, TERMINAL, INSTANCE_ID, DBID, AUTHENTICATION_TYPE, DBUSERNAME, DBPROXY_USERNAME, EXTERNAL_USERID, GLOBAL_USERID, CLIENT_PROGRAM_NAME, DBLINK_INFO, XS_USER_NAME, XS_SESSIONID, ENTRY_ID, STATEMENT_ID, EVENT_TIMESTAMP, ACTION_NAME, RETURN_CODE, OS_PROCESS, TRANSACTION_ID, SCN, EXECUTION_ID, OBJECT_SCHEMA, OBJECT_NAME, SQL_TEXT, SQL_BINDS, APPLICATION_CONTEXTS, CLIENT_IDENTIFIER, NEW_SCHEMA, NEW_NAME, OBJECT_EDITION, SYSTEM_PRIVILEGE_USED, SYSTEM_PRIVILEGE, AUDIT_OPTION, OBJECT_PRIVILEGES, ROLE, TARGET_USER, EXCLUDED_USER, EXCLUDED_SCHEMA, EXCLUDED_OBJECT, ADDITIONAL_INFO, UNIFIED_AUDIT_POLICIES, FGA_POLICY_NAME, XS_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT, XS_ENTITY_TYPE, XS_TARGET_PRINCIPAL_NAME, XS_PROXY_USER_NAME, XS_DATASEC_POLICY_NAME, XS_SCHEMA_NAME, XS_CALLBACK_EVENT_TYPE, XS_PACKAGE_NAME, XS_PROCEDURE_NAME, XS_ENABLED_ROLE, XS_COOKIE, XS_NS_NAME, XS_NS_ATTRIBUTE, XS_NS_ATTRIBUTE_OLD_VAL, XS_NS_ATTRIBUTE_NEW_VAL, DV_ACTION_CODE, DV_ACTION_NAME, DV_EXTENDED_ACTION_CODE, DV_GRANTEE, DV_RETURN_CODE, DV_ACTION_OBJECT_NAME, DV_RULE_SET_NAME, DV_COMMENT, DV_FACTOR_CONTEXT, DV_OBJECT_STATUS, OLS_POLICY_NAME, OLS_GRANTEE, OLS_MAX_READ_LABEL, OLS_MAX_WRITE_LABEL, OLS_MIN_WRITE_LABEL, OLS_PRIVILEGES_GRANTED, OLS_PROGRAM_UNIT_NAME, OLS_PRIVILEGES_USED, OLS_STRING_LABEL, OLS_LABEL_COMPONENT_TYPE, OLS_LABEL_COMPONENT_NAME, OLS_PARENT_GROUP_NAME, OLS_OLD_VALUE, OLS_NEW_VALUE, RMAN_SESSION_RECID, RMAN_SESSION_STAMP, RMAN_OPERATION, RMAN_OBJECT_TYPE, RMAN_DEVICE_TYPE, DP_TEXT_PARAMETERS1, DP_BOOLEAN_PARAMETERS1, DIRECT_PATH_NUM_COLUMNS_LOADED ) AS SELECT act.component, sessionid, proxy_sessionid, os_user, host_name, terminal, instance_id, dbid, authentication_type, userid, proxy_userid, external_userid, global_userid, client_program_name, dblink_info, xs_user_name, xs_sessionid, entry_id, statement_id, CAST (event_timestamp AS TIMESTAMP WITH LOCAL TIME ZONE), act.name, return_code, os_process, transaction_id, scn, execution_id, obj_owner, obj_name, sql_text, sql_binds, application_contexts, client_identifier, new_owner, new_name, object_edition, system_privilege_used, spx.name, aom.name, object_privileges, role, target_user, excluded_user, excluded_schema, excluded_object, additional_info, unified_audit_policies, fga_policy_name, xs_inactivity_timeout, xs_entity_type, xs_target_principal_name, xs_proxy_user_name, xs_datasec_policy_name, xs_schema_name, xs_callback_event_type, xs_package_name, xs_procedure_name, xs_enabled_role, xs_cookie, xs_ns_name, xs_ns_attribute, xs_ns_attribute_old_val, xs_ns_attribute_new_val, dv_action_code, dv_action_name, dv_extended_action_code, dv_grantee, dv_return_code, dv_action_object_name, dv_rule_set_name, dv_comment, dv_factor_context, dv_object_status, ols_policy_name, ols_grantee, ols_max_read_label, ols_max_write_label, ols_min_write_label, ols_privileges_granted, ols_program_unit_name, ols_privileges_used, ols_string_label, ols_label_component_type, ols_label_component_name, ols_parent_group_name, ols_old_value, ols_new_value, rman_session_recid, rman_session_stamp, rman_operation, rman_object_type, rman_device_type, dp_text_parameters1, dp_boolean_parameters1, direct_path_num_columns_loaded FROM gv$unified_audit_trail uview, all_unified_audit_actions act, system_privilege_map spx, stmt_audit_option_map aom WHERE uview.action = act.action(+) AND -uview.system_privilege = spx.privilege(+) AND uview.audit_option = aom.option#(+) AND uview.audit_type = act.TYPE;

Fix: F-21979r391948_fix

Configure the DBMS's auditing to audit standard and organization-defined auditable events, the audit record to include where the event occurred. If preferred, use a third-party or custom tool. If using a third-party product, proceed in accordance with the product documentation. If using Oracle's capabilities, proceed as follows. If Standard Auditing is used: Use this process to ensure auditable events are captured: ALTER SYSTEM SET AUDIT_TRAIL=<audit trail type> SCOPE=SPFILE; Audit trail type can be 'OS', 'DB', 'DB,EXTENDED', 'XML' or 'XML,EXTENDED'. After executing this statement, it may be necessary to shut down and restart the Oracle database. If Unified Auditing is used: To ensure auditable events are captured: Link the oracle binary with uniaud_on, and then restart the database. Oracle Database Upgrade Guide describes how to enable unified auditing. For more information on the configuration of auditing, refer to the following documents: "Auditing Database Activity" in the Oracle Database 2 Day + Security Guide: http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/TDPSG/tdpsg_auditing.htm#TDPSG50000 "Monitoring Database Activity with Auditing" in the Oracle Database Security Guide: http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/DBSEG/part_6.htm#CCHEHCGI "DBMS_AUDIT_MGMT" in the Oracle Database PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference: http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/ARPLS/d_audit_mgmt.htm#ARPLS241 Oracle Database Upgrade Guide: http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/UPGRD/afterup.htm#UPGRD52810

b
The DBMS must produce audit records containing sufficient information to establish the sources (origins) of the events.
AU-3 - Medium - CCI-000133 - V-220273 - SV-220273r960900_rule
RMF Control
AU-3
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000133
Version
O121-C2-007700
Vuln IDs
  • V-220273
  • V-61635
Rule IDs
  • SV-220273r960900_rule
  • SV-76125
Information system auditing capability is critical for accurate forensic analysis. Audit record content that may be necessary to satisfy the requirement of this control, includes, but is not limited to: timestamps, source and destination IP addresses, user/process identifiers, event descriptions, application specific events, success/fail indications, file names involved, access control or flow control rules invoked. Without information establishing the source of activity, the value of audit records from a forensics perspective is questionable.
Checks: C-21988r836895_chk

Verify, using vendor and system documentation if necessary, that the DBMS is configured to use Oracle's auditing features, or that a third-party product or custom code is deployed and configured to satisfy this requirement. If a third-party product or custom code is used, compare its current configuration with the audit requirements. If any of the requirements is not covered by the configuration, this is a finding. The remainder of this Check is applicable specifically where Oracle auditing is in use. If Standard Auditing is used: To see if Oracle is configured to capture audit data, enter the following SQL*Plus command: SHOW PARAMETER AUDIT_TRAIL or the following SQL query: SELECT * FROM SYS.V$PARAMETER WHERE NAME = 'audit_trail'; If Oracle returns the value 'NONE', this is a finding. To confirm that Oracle audit is capturing sufficient information to establish the source of events, perform a successful auditable action and an auditable action that results in an SQL error, and then view the results in the SYS.AUD$ table or the audit file, whichever is in use. If correct values for User ID, User Host, and Terminal are not returned when applicable, this is a finding. If Unified Auditing is used: To see if Oracle is configured to capture audit data, enter the following SQL*Plus command: SELECT * FROM V$OPTION WHERE PARAMETER = 'Unified Auditing'; If Oracle returns a value something other than "TRUE", this is a finding. To confirm that Oracle audit is capturing sufficient information to establish the source of events, perform a successful auditable action and an auditable action that results in an SQL error, and then view the results in the SYS.UNIFIED_AUDIT_TRAIL view. If correct values for DBUSERNAME, USERHOST, and TERMINAL are not returned when applicable, this is a finding.

Fix: F-21980r391951_fix

Configure the DBMS's auditing to audit standard and organization-defined auditable events, the audit record to include the source of the event. If preferred, use a third-party or custom tool. If using a third-party product, proceed in accordance with the product documentation. If using Oracle's capabilities, proceed as follows. If Standard Auditing is used: Use this process to ensure auditable events are captured: ALTER SYSTEM SET AUDIT_TRAIL=<audit trail type> SCOPE=SPFILE; Audit trail type can be 'OS', 'DB', 'DB,EXTENDED', 'XML' or 'XML,EXTENDED'. After executing this statement, it may be necessary to shut down and restart the Oracle database. If Unified Auditing is used: To ensure auditable events are captured: Link the oracle binary with uniaud_on, and then restart the database. Oracle Database Upgrade Guide describes how to enable unified auditing. For more information on the configuration of auditing, refer to the following documents: "Auditing Database Activity" in the Oracle Database 2 Day + Security Guide: http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/TDPSG/tdpsg_auditing.htm#TDPSG50000 "Monitoring Database Activity with Auditing" in the Oracle Database Security Guide: http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/DBSEG/part_6.htm#CCHEHCGI "DBMS_AUDIT_MGMT" in the Oracle Database PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference: http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/ARPLS/d_audit_mgmt.htm#ARPLS241 Oracle Database Upgrade Guide: http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/UPGRD/afterup.htm#UPGRD52810

b
The DBMS must produce audit records containing sufficient information to establish the outcome (success or failure) of the events.
AU-3 - Medium - CCI-000134 - V-220274 - SV-220274r960903_rule
RMF Control
AU-3
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000134
Version
O121-C2-007800
Vuln IDs
  • V-220274
  • V-61637
Rule IDs
  • SV-220274r960903_rule
  • SV-76127
Information system auditing capability is critical for accurate forensic analysis. Audit record content that may be necessary to satisfy the requirement of this control includes, but is not limited to: timestamps, source and destination IP addresses, user/process identifiers, event descriptions, application specific events, success/fail indications, file names involved, access control, or flow control rules invoked. Success and failure indicators ascertain the outcome of a particular event. As such, they also provide a means to measure the impact of an event and help authorized personnel to determine the appropriate response. Without knowing the outcome of audit events, it is very difficult to accurately recreate the series of events during forensic analysis.
Checks: C-21989r836897_chk

Verify, using vendor and system documentation if necessary, that the DBMS is configured to use Oracle's auditing features, or that a third-party product or custom code is deployed and configured to satisfy this requirement. If a third-party product or custom code is used, compare its current configuration with the audit requirements. If any of the requirements is not covered by the configuration, this is a finding. The remainder of this Check is applicable specifically where Oracle auditing is in use. If Standard Auditing is used: To see if Oracle is configured to capture audit data, enter the following SQL*Plus command: SHOW PARAMETER AUDIT_TRAIL or the following SQL query: SELECT * FROM SYS.V$PARAMETER WHERE NAME = 'audit_trail'; If Oracle returns the value 'NONE', this is a finding. To confirm that Oracle audit is capturing sufficient information to establish outcomes, perform a successful auditable action and an auditable action that results in an SQL error, and then view the results in the SYS.AUD$ table or the audit file, whichever is in use. If no return code or other outcome information is returned for the auditable action just performed, this is a finding. If error is indicated for the successful action, this is a finding. If no error is indicated for the unsuccessful action, this is a finding. If Unified Auditing is used: To see if Oracle is configured to capture audit data, enter the following SQL*Plus command: SELECT * FROM V$OPTION WHERE PARAMETER = 'Unified Auditing'; If Oracle returns a value something other than "TRUE", this is a finding To confirm that Oracle audit is capturing sufficient information to establish outcomes, perform a successful auditable action and an auditable action that results in an SQL error, and then view the results in the SYS.UNIFIED_AUDIT_TRAIL view. If no return code or other outcome information is returned for the auditable action just performed, this is a finding. If error is indicated for the successful action, this is a finding. If no error is indicated for the unsuccessful action, this is a finding.

Fix: F-21981r391954_fix

Configure the DBMS's auditing to audit standard and organization-defined auditable events, the audit record to include the outcome. If preferred, use a third-party or custom tool. If using a third-party product, proceed in accordance with the product documentation. If using Oracle's capabilities, proceed as follows. If Standard Auditing is used: Use this process to ensure auditable events are captured: ALTER SYSTEM SET AUDIT_TRAIL=<audit trail type> SCOPE=SPFILE; Audit trail type can be 'OS', 'DB', 'DB,EXTENDED', 'XML' or 'XML,EXTENDED'. After executing this statement, it may be necessary to shut down and restart the Oracle database. If unified Auditing is used: To ensure auditable events are captured: Link the oracle binary with uniaud_on, and then restart the database. Oracle Database Upgrade Guide describes how to enable unified auditing. For more information on the configuration of auditing, refer to the following documents: "Auditing Database Activity" in the Oracle Database 2 Day + Security Guide: http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/TDPSG/tdpsg_auditing.htm#TDPSG50000 "Monitoring Database Activity with Auditing" in the Oracle Database Security Guide: http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/DBSEG/part_6.htm#CCHEHCGI "DBMS_AUDIT_MGMT" in the Oracle Database PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference: http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/ARPLS/d_audit_mgmt.htm#ARPLS241 Oracle Database Upgrade Guide: http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/UPGRD/afterup.htm#UPGRD52810

b
The DBMS must produce audit records containing sufficient information to establish the identity of any user/subject or process associated with the event.
AU-3 - Medium - CCI-001487 - V-220275 - SV-220275r960906_rule
RMF Control
AU-3
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001487
Version
O121-C2-007900
Vuln IDs
  • V-220275
  • V-61639
Rule IDs
  • SV-220275r960906_rule
  • SV-76129
Information system auditing capability is critical for accurate forensic analysis. Audit record content that may be necessary to satisfy the requirement of this control includes: timestamps, source and destination addresses, user/process identifiers, event descriptions, success/fail indications, file names involved, and access control or flow control rules invoked. Database software is capable of a range of actions on data stored within the database. It is important, for accurate forensic analysis, to know exactly who performed a given action. If user identification information is not recorded and stored with the audit record, the record itself is of very limited use.
Checks: C-21990r836899_chk

Verify, using vendor and system documentation if necessary, that the DBMS is configured to use Oracle's auditing features, or that a third-party product or custom code is deployed and configured to satisfy this requirement. If a third-party product or custom code is used, compare its current configuration with the audit requirements. If any of the requirements is not covered by the configuration, this is a finding. The remainder of this Check is applicable specifically where Oracle auditing is in use. If Standard Auditing is used: To see if Oracle is configured to capture audit data, enter the following SQL*Plus command: SHOW PARAMETER AUDIT_TRAIL or the following SQL query: SELECT * FROM SYS.V$PARAMETER WHERE NAME = 'audit_trail'; If Oracle returns a value something other than "TRUE", this is a finding To confirm that Oracle audit is capturing sufficient information to establish the identity of the user/subject or process, perform a successful auditable action and an auditable action that results in an SQL error, and then view the results in the SYS.AUD$ table or the audit file, whichever is in use. If no user ID, or the wrong value, is returned for the auditable actions just performed, this is a finding. If Unified Auditing is used: To see if Oracle is configured to capture audit data, enter the following SQL*Plus command: SELECT * FROM V$OPTION WHERE PARAMETER = 'Unified Auditing'; If Oracle returns the value "TRUE", this is not a finding. To confirm that Oracle audit is capturing sufficient information to establish the identity of the user/subject or process, perform a successful auditable action and an auditable action that results in an SQL error, and then view the results in the SYS.UNIFIED_AUDIT_TRAIL view, whichever is in use. If no user ID, or the wrong value, is returned for the auditable actions just performed, this is a finding.

Fix: F-21982r391957_fix

Configure the DBMS's auditing to audit standard and organization-defined auditable events, the audit record to include the identity of any user/subject or process associated with the event. If preferred, use a third-party or custom tool. If using a third-party product, proceed in accordance with the product documentation. If using Oracle's capabilities, proceed as follows. If Standard Auditing is used: Use this process to ensure auditable events are captured: ALTER SYSTEM SET AUDIT_TRAIL=<audit trail type> SCOPE=SPFILE; Audit trail type can be 'OS', 'DB', 'DB,EXTENDED', 'XML' or 'XML,EXTENDED'. After executing this statement, it may be necessary to shut down and restart the Oracle database. If unified Auditing is used: To ensure auditable events are captured: Link the oracle binary with uniaud_on, and then restart the database. Oracle Database Upgrade Guide describes how to enable unified auditing. For more information on the configuration of auditing, refer to the following documents: "Auditing Database Activity" in the Oracle Database 2 Day + Security Guide: http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/TDPSG/tdpsg_auditing.htm#TDPSG50000 "Monitoring Database Activity with Auditing" in the Oracle Database Security Guide: http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/DBSEG/part_6.htm#CCHEHCGI "DBMS_AUDIT_MGMT" in the Oracle Database PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference: http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/ARPLS/d_audit_mgmt.htm#ARPLS241 Oracle Database Upgrade Guide: http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/UPGRD/afterup.htm#UPGRD52810 http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/UPGRD/afterup.htm#UPGRD52810

b
The DBMS must include organization-defined additional, more detailed information in the audit records for audit events identified by type, location, or subject.
AU-3 - Medium - CCI-000135 - V-220276 - SV-220276r960909_rule
RMF Control
AU-3
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000135
Version
O121-C2-008000
Vuln IDs
  • V-220276
  • V-61641
Rule IDs
  • SV-220276r960909_rule
  • SV-76131
Information system auditing capability is critical for accurate forensic analysis. Audit record content that may be necessary to satisfy the requirement of this control includes: timestamps, source and destination addresses, user/process identifiers, event descriptions, success/fail indications, file names involved, and access control or flow control rules invoked. In addition, the application must have the capability to include organization-defined additional, more detailed information in the audit records for audit events. These events may be identified by type, location, or subject. An example of detailed information the organization may require in audit records is full-text recording of privileged commands or the individual identities of shared account users. Some organizations may determine that more detailed information is required for specific database event types. If this information is not available, it could negatively impact forensic investigations into user actions or other malicious events.
Checks: C-21991r836901_chk

Verify, using vendor and system documentation if necessary, that the DBMS is configured to use Oracle's auditing features, or that a third-party product or custom code is deployed and configured to satisfy this requirement. If a third-party product or custom code is used, compare its current configuration with the audit requirements. If any of the requirements is not covered by the configuration, this is a finding. The remainder of this Check is applicable specifically where Oracle auditing is in use. If Standard Auditing is used: To see if Oracle is configured to capture audit data, enter the following SQL*Plus command: SHOW PARAMETER AUDIT_TRAIL or the following SQL query: SELECT * FROM SYS.V$PARAMETER WHERE NAME = 'audit_trail'; If Oracle returns a value something other than "TRUE", this is a finding Compare the organization-defined auditable events with the Oracle documentation to determine whether standard auditing covers all the requirements. If it does, this is not a finding. Compare those organization-defined auditable events that are not covered by the standard auditing, with the existing Fine-Grained Auditing (FGA) specifications returned by the following query: SELECT * FROM SYS.DBA_FGA_AUDIT_TRAIL; If any such auditable event is not covered by the existing FGA specifications, this is a finding. If Unified Auditing is used: To see if Oracle is configured to capture audit data, enter the following SQL*Plus command: SELECT * FROM V$OPTION WHERE PARAMETER = 'Unified Auditing'; If Oracle returns the value "TRUE", this is not a finding. Compare the organization-defined auditable events with the Oracle documentation to determine whether standard auditing covers all the requirements. If it does, this is not a finding. Compare those organization-defined auditable events that are not covered by unified auditing with the existing Fine-Grained Auditing (FGA) specifications returned by the following query: SELECT * FROM SYS.UNIFIED_AUDIT_TRAIL WHERE AUDIT_TYPE = 'FineGrainedAudit'; If any such auditable event is not covered by the existing FGA specifications, this is a finding.

Fix: F-21983r391960_fix

Either configure the DBMS's auditing to audit organization-defined auditable events, or, if preferred, use a third-party or custom tool. The tool must provide the minimum capability to audit the required events. If using a third-party product, proceed in accordance with the product documentation. If using Oracle's capabilities, proceed as follows. If Standard Auditing is used: Use this process to ensure auditable events are captured: ALTER SYSTEM SET AUDIT_TRAIL=<audit trail type> SCOPE=SPFILE; Audit trail type can be "OS", "DB", "DB,EXTENDED", "XML" or "XML,EXTENDED". After executing this statement, it may be necessary to shut down and restart the Oracle database. If the organization-defined additional audit requirements are not covered by the default audit options, deploy and configure Fine-Grained Auditing. For details, refer to Oracle documentation at the location below. If the site-specific audit requirements are not covered by the default audit options, deploy and configure Fine-Grained Auditing. For details, refer to Oracle documentation, at the location below. If Unified Auditing is used: Use this process to ensure auditable events are captured: SELECT * FROM V$OPTION WHERE PARAMETER = 'Unified Auditing'; If Oracle returns the value "TRUE", this is not a finding. Otherwise, Link the oracle binary with uniaud_on, and then restart the database. Oracle Database Upgrade Guide describes how to enable unified auditing. If the organization-defined additional audit requirements are not covered by the default audit options, deploy and configure Fine-Grained Auditing. For details, refer to Oracle documentation at the location below. If the site-specific audit requirements are not covered by the default audit options, deploy and configure Fine-Grained Auditing. For details, refer to Oracle documentation, at the location below. For more information on the configuration of auditing, refer to the following documents: "Auditing Database Activity" in the Oracle Database 2 Day + Security Guide: http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/TDPSG/tdpsg_auditing.htm#TDPSG50000 "Monitoring Database Activity with Auditing" in the Oracle Database Security Guide: http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/DBSEG/part_6.htm#CCHEHCGI "DBMS_AUDIT_MGMT" in the Oracle Database PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference: http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/ARPLS/d_audit_mgmt.htm#ARPLS241 Oracle Database Upgrade Guide: http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/UPGRD/afterup.htm#UPGRD52810

b
The system must protect audit information from any type of unauthorized access.
AU-9 - Medium - CCI-000162 - V-220277 - SV-220277r960930_rule
RMF Control
AU-9
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000162
Version
O121-C2-009300
Vuln IDs
  • V-220277
  • V-61653
Rule IDs
  • SV-220277r960930_rule
  • SV-76143
If audit data were to become compromised, then competent forensic analysis and discovery of the true source of potentially malicious system activity is difficult, if not impossible, to achieve. In addition, access to audit records provides information an attacker could potentially use to his or her advantage. To ensure the veracity of audit data, the information system and/or the application must protect audit information from any and all unauthorized access. This includes read, write, copy, etc. This requirement can be achieved through multiple methods which will depend upon system architecture and design. Some commonly employed methods include ensuring log files enjoy the proper file system permissions utilizing file system protections and limiting log data location. Additionally, applications with user interfaces to audit records must not allow for the unfettered manipulation of or access to those records via the application. If the application provides access to the audit data, the application becomes accountable for ensuring that audit information is protected from unauthorized access. Audit information includes all information (e.g., audit records, audit settings, and audit reports) needed to successfully audit information system activity.
Checks: C-21992r391962_chk

Review locations of audit logs, both internal to the database and database audit logs located at the operating system-level. Verify there are appropriate controls and permissions to protect the audit information from unauthorized access. If appropriate controls and permissions do not exist, this is a finding. - - - - - If Standard Auditing is used: DBA_TAB_PRIVS describes all object grants in the database. Check to see who has permissions on the AUD$ table. Related View DBA_TAB_PRIVS describes the object grants for which the current user is the object owner, grantor, or grantee. Column Datatype NULL Description GRANTEE VARCHAR2(30) NOT NULL Name of the user to whom access was granted OWNER VARCHAR2(30) NOT NULL Owner of the object TABLE_NAME VARCHAR2(30) NOT NULL Name of the object GRANTOR VARCHAR2(30) NOT NULL Name of the user who performed the grant PRIVILEGE VARCHAR2(40) NOT NULL Privilege on the object GRANTABLE VARCHAR2(3) Indicates whether the privilege was granted with the GRANT OPTION (YES) or not (NO) HIERARCHY VARCHAR2(3) Indicates whether the privilege was granted with the HIERARCHY OPTION (YES) or not (NO) COMMON VARCHAR2(3) TYPE VARCHAR2(24) sqlplus connect as sysdba; SQL&gt; SELECT GRANTEE, TABLE_NAME, PRIVILEGE FROM DBA_TAB_PRIVS where table_name = 'AUD$'; If Unified Auditing is used: DBA_TAB_PRIVS describes all object grants in the database. Check to see who has permissions on the AUDSYS tables. Related View DBA_TAB_PRIVS describes the object grants for which the current user is the object owner, grantor, or grantee. Column Datatype NULL Description GRANTEE VARCHAR2(30) NOT NULL Name of the user to whom access was granted OWNER VARCHAR2(30) NOT NULL Owner of the object TABLE_NAME VARCHAR2(30) NOT NULL Name of the object GRANTOR VARCHAR2(30) NOT NULL Name of the user who performed the grant PRIVILEGE VARCHAR2(40) NOT NULL Privilege on the object GRANTABLE VARCHAR2(3) Indicates whether the privilege was granted with the GRANT OPTION (YES) or not (NO) HIERARCHY VARCHAR2(3) Indicates whether the privilege was granted with the HIERARCHY OPTION (YES) or not (NO) COMMON VARCHAR2(3) TYPE VARCHAR2(24) sqlplus connect as sysdba; SQL&gt; SELECT GRANTEE, TABLE_NAME, PRIVILEGE FROM DBA_TAB_PRIVS where owner='AUDSYS';

Fix: F-21984r391963_fix

Add controls and modify permissions to protect database audit log data from unauthorized access, whether stored in the database itself or at the OS level.

b
The system must protect audit information from unauthorized modification.
AU-9 - Medium - CCI-000163 - V-220278 - SV-220278r960933_rule
RMF Control
AU-9
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000163
Version
O121-C2-009400
Vuln IDs
  • V-220278
  • V-61655
Rule IDs
  • SV-220278r960933_rule
  • SV-76145
If audit data were to become compromised, then competent forensic analysis and discovery of the true source of potentially malicious system activity is impossible to achieve. To ensure the veracity of audit data, the information system and/or the application must protect audit information from unauthorized modification. This requirement can be achieved through multiple methods which will depend upon system architecture and design. Some commonly employed methods include ensuring log files enjoy the proper file system permissions and limiting log data locations. Applications providing a user interface to audit data will leverage user permissions and roles identifying the user accessing the data and the corresponding rights that the user enjoys in order to make access decisions regarding the modification of audit data. Audit information includes all information (e.g., audit records, audit settings, and audit reports) needed to successfully audit information system activity. Modification of database audit data could mask the theft of, or the unauthorized modification of, sensitive data stored in the database.
Checks: C-21993r391965_chk

Review locations of audit logs, both internal to the database and database audit logs located at the operating system-level. Verify there are appropriate controls and permissions to protect the audit information from unauthorized modification. If appropriate controls and permissions do not exist, this is a finding. - - - - - If Standard Auditing is used: DBA_TAB_PRIVS describes all object grants in the database. Check to see who has permissions on the AUD$ table. Related View DBA_TAB_PRIVS describes the object grants for which the current user is the object owner, grantor, or grantee. Column Datatype NULL Description GRANTEE VARCHAR2(30) NOT NULL Name of the user to whom access was granted VARCHAR2(30) NOT NULL Owner of the object TABLE_NA VARCHAR2(30) NOT NULL Name of the object GRANTOR VARCHAR2(30) NOT NULL Name of the user who performed the grant PRIVILEGE VARCHAR2(40) NOT NULL Privilege on the object GRANTABLE VARCHAR2(3) Indicates whether the privilege was granted with the GRANT OPTION (YES) or not (NO) HIERARCHY VARCHAR2(3) Indicates whether the privilege was granted with the HIERARCHY OPTION (YES) or not (NO) COMMON VARCHAR2(3) TYPE VARCHAR2(24) sqlplus connect as sysdba; SQL&gt; SELECT GRANTEE, TABLE_NAME, PRIVILEGE FROM DBA_TAB_PRIVS where table_name = 'AUD$'; If Unified Auditing is used: DBA_TAB_PRIVS describes all object grants in the database. Check to see who has permissions on the AUDSYS tables. Related View DBA_TAB_PRIVS describes the object grants for which the current user is the object owner, grantor, or grantee. Column Datatype NULL Description GRANTEE VARCHAR2(30) NOT NULL Name of the user to whom access was granted OWNER VARCHAR2(30) NOT NULL Owner of the object TABLE_NAME VARCHAR2(30) NOT NULL Name of the object GRANTOR VARCHAR2(30) NOT NULL Name of the user who performed the grant PRIVILEGE VARCHAR2(40) NOT NULL Privilege on the object GRANTABLE VARCHAR2(3) Indicates whether the privilege was granted with the GRANT OPTION (YES) or not (NO) HIERARCHY VARCHAR2(3) Indicates whether the privilege was granted with the HIERARCHY OPTION (YES) or not (NO) COMMON VARCHAR2(3) TYPE VARCHAR2(24) sqlplus connect as sysdba; SQL&gt; SELECT GRANTEE, TABLE_NAME, PRIVILEGE FROM DBA_TAB_PRIVS where owner='AUDSYS';

Fix: F-21985r391966_fix

Add controls and modify permissions to protect database audit log data from unauthorized modification, whether stored in the database itself or at the OS level. - - - - - If Standard Auditing is used: Revoke access to the AUD$ table to anyone who should not have access to it. In the check we looked for all users who had access to the AUD$ table. To fix this, use the REVOKE command to revoke access to users who should not have access to the audit data. REVOKE statement Use the REVOKE statement to remove permissions from a specific user or from all users to perform actions on database objects. The following types of permissions can be revoked: Delete data from a specific table. Insert data into a specific table. Create a foreign key reference to the named table or to a subset of columns from a table. Select data from a table, view, or a subset of columns in a table. Create a trigger on a table. Update data in a table or in a subset of columns in a table. Run a specified routine (function or procedure). If a user named FRED had access to the AUD$ table and wanting to revoke that access, use the following command. The syntax that would be used for the REVOKE statement for tables is as follows: REVOKE privilege-type ON [ TABLE ] { table-Name | view-Name } FROM grantees SQL>REVOKE SELECT ON TABLE AUD$ FROM FRED; Revoking a privilege without specifying a column list revokes the privilege for all of the columns in the table. Syntax for routines table-privileges include DELETE | INSERT | REFERENCES [column list] | SELECT [column list] | TRIGGER | UPDATE [column list] column list ( column-identifier {, column-identifier}* ) Use the ALL PRIVILEGES privilege type to revoke all of the permissions from the user for the specified table. Can also revoke one or more table privileges by specifying a privilege-list. Use the DELETE privilege type to revoke permission to delete rows from the specified table. Use the INSERT privilege type to revoke permission to insert rows into the specified table. Use the REFERENCES privilege type to revoke permission to create a foreign key reference to the specified table. If a column list is specified with the REFERENCES privilege, the permission is revoked on only the foreign key reference to the specified columns. Use the SELECT privilege type to revoke permission to perform SELECT statements on a table or view. If a column list is specified with the SELECT privilege, the permission is revoked on only those columns. If no column list is specified, then the privilege is valid on all of the columns in the table. Use the TRIGGER privilege type to revoke permission to create a trigger on the specified table. Use the UPDATE privilege type to revoke permission to use the UPDATE statement on the specified table. If a column list is specified, the permission is revoked only on the specified columns. grantees { authorization ID | PUBLIC } [,{ authorization ID | PUBLIC } ] * Can revoke the privileges from specific users or from all users. Use the keyword PUBLIC to specify all users. The privileges revoked from PUBLIC and from individual users are independent privileges. For example, a SELECT privilege on table t is granted to both PUBLIC and to the authorization ID harry. The SELECT privilege is later revoked from the authorization ID 'Harry', but the authorization ID 'Harry' can access the table through the PUBLIC privilege. Restriction: Cannot revoke the privileges of the owner of an object. routine-designator { qualified-name [ signature ] } Cascading object dependencies For views, triggers, and constraints, if the privilege on which the object depends is revoked, the object is automatically dropped. Derby does not try to determine if there are other privileges that can replace the privileges that are being revoked. For more information, see "SQL standard authorization" in the Java DB Developer's Guide. Limitations The following limitations apply to the REVOKE statement: Table-level privileges: All of the table-level privilege types for a specified grantee and table ID are stored in one row in the SYSTABLEPERMS system table. For example, when user2 is granted the SELECT and DELETE privileges on table user1.t1, a row is added to the SYSTABLEPERMS table. The GRANTEE field contains user2 and the TABLEID contains user1.t1. The SELECTPRIV and DELETEPRIV fields are set to Y. The remaining privilege type fields are set to N. When a grantee creates an object that relies on one of the privilege types, the Derby engine tracks the dependency of the object on the specific row in the SYSTABLEPERMS table. For example, user2 creates the view v1 by using the statement SELECT * FROM user1.t1; the dependency manager tracks the dependency of view v1 on the row in SYSTABLEPERMS for GRANTEE(user2), TABLEID(user1.t1). The dependency manager knows only that the view is dependent on a privilege type in that specific row but does not track exactly which privilege type the view is dependent on. When a REVOKE statement for a table-level privilege is issued for a grantee and table ID, all of the objects that are dependent on the grantee and table ID are dropped. For example, if user1 revokes the DELETE privilege on table t1 from user2, the row in SYSTABLEPERMS for GRANTEE(user2), TABLEID(user1.t1) is modified by the REVOKE statement. The dependency manager sends a revoke invalidation message to the view user2.v1, and the view is dropped, even though the view is not dependent on the DELETE privilege for GRANTEE(user2), TABLEID(user1.t1). Column-level privileges: Only one type of privilege for a specified grantee and table ID are stored in one row in the SYSCOLPERMS system table. For example, when user2 is granted the SELECT privilege on table user1.t1 for columns c12 and c13, a row is added to the SYSCOLPERMS. The GRANTEE field contains user2, the TABLEID contains user1.t1, the TYPE field contains S, and the COLUMNS field contains c12, c13. When a grantee creates an object that relies on the privilege type and the subset of columns in a table ID, the Derby engine tracks the dependency of the object on the specific row in the SYSCOLPERMS table. For example, user2 creates the view v1 by using the statement SELECT c11 FROM user1.t1; the dependency manager tracks the dependency of view v1 on the row in SYSCOLPERMS for GRANTEE(user2), TABLEID(user1.t1), TYPE(S). The dependency manager knows that the view is dependent on the SELECT privilege type but does not track exactly which columns the view is dependent on. When a REVOKE statement for a column-level privilege is issued for a grantee, table ID, and type, all of the objects that are dependent on the grantee, table ID, and type are dropped. For example, if user1 revokes the SELECT privilege on column c12 on table user1.t1 from user2, the row in SYSCOLPERMS for GRANTEE(user2), TABLEID(user1.t1), TYPE(S) is modified by the REVOKE statement. The dependency manager sends a revoke invalidation message to the view user2.v1, and the view is dropped, even though the view is not dependent on the column c12 for GRANTEE(user2), TABLEID(user1.t1), TYPE(S). If Unified Auditing is used: Apply the same process used in standard auditing to the tables with AUDSYS as the owner.

b
The system must protect audit information from unauthorized deletion.
AU-9 - Medium - CCI-000164 - V-220279 - SV-220279r960936_rule
RMF Control
AU-9
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000164
Version
O121-C2-009500
Vuln IDs
  • V-220279
  • V-61657
Rule IDs
  • SV-220279r960936_rule
  • SV-76147
If audit data were to become compromised, then competent forensic analysis and discovery of the true source of potentially malicious system activity is impossible to achieve. To ensure the veracity of audit data the information system and/or the application must protect audit information from unauthorized deletion. This requirement can be achieved through multiple methods which will depend upon system architecture and design. Some commonly employed methods include: ensuring log files enjoy the proper file system permissions utilizing file system protections; restricting access; and backing up log data to ensure log data is retained. Applications providing a user interface to audit data will leverage user permissions and roles identifying the user accessing the data and the corresponding rights the user enjoys in order make access decisions regarding the deletion of audit data. Audit information includes all information (e.g., audit records, audit settings, and audit reports) needed to successfully audit information system activity. Deletion of database audit data could mask the theft of, or the unauthorized modification of, sensitive data stored in the database.
Checks: C-21994r391968_chk

Review locations of audit logs, both internal to the database and database audit logs located at the operating system-level. Verify there are appropriate controls and permissions to protect the audit information from unauthorized deletion. If appropriate controls and permissions do not exist, this is a finding. - - - - - If Standard Auditing is used: DBA_TAB_PRIVS describes all object grants in the database. Check to see who has permissions on the AUD$ table. Related View DBA_TAB_PRIVS describes the object grants for which the current user is the object owner, grantor, or grantee. Column Datatype NULL Description GRANTEE VARCHAR2(30) NOT NULL Name of the user to whom access was granted OWNER VARCHAR2(30) NOT NULL Owner of the object TABLE_NAME VARCHAR2(30) NOT NULL Name of the object GRANTOR VARCHAR2(30) NOT NULL Name of the user who performed the grant PRIVILEGE VARCHAR2(40) NOT NULL Privilege on the object GRANTABLE VARCHAR2(3) Indicates whether the privilege was granted with the GRANT OPTION (YES) or not (NO) HIERARCHY VARCHAR2(3) Indicates whether the privilege was granted with the HIERARCHY OPTION (YES) or not (NO) COMMON VARCHAR2(3) TYPE VARCHAR2(24) sqlplus connect as sysdba; SQL&gt; SELECT GRANTEE, TABLE_NAME, PRIVILEGE FROM DBA_TAB_PRIVS where table_name = 'AUD$'; If Unified Auditing is used: DBA_TAB_PRIVS describes all object grants in the database. Check to see who has permissions on the AUDSYS tables. Related View DBA_TAB_PRIVS describes the object grants for which the current user is the object owner, grantor, or grantee. Column Datatype NULL Description GRANTEE VARCHAR2(30) NOT NULL Name of the user to whom access was granted OWNER VARCHAR2(30) NOT NULL Owner of the object TABLE_NAME VARCHAR2(30) NOT NULL Name of the object GRANTOR VARCHAR2(30) NOT NULL Name of the user who performed the grant PRIVILEGE VARCHAR2(40) NOT NULL Privilege on the object GRANTABLE VARCHAR2(3) Indicates whether the privilege was granted with the GRANT OPTION (YES) or not (NO) HIERARCHY VARCHAR2(3) Indicates whether the privilege was granted with the HIERARCHY OPTION (YES) or not (NO) COMMON VARCHAR2(3) TYPE VARCHAR2(24) sqlplus connect as sysdba; SQL&gt; SELECT GRANTEE, TABLE_NAME, PRIVILEGE FROM DBA_TAB_PRIVS where owner='AUDSYS';

Fix: F-21986r391969_fix

Add controls and modify permissions to protect database audit log data from unauthorized deletion, whether stored in the database itself or at the OS-level. - - - - - If Standard Auditing is used: Revoke access to the AUD$ table to anyone who should not have access to it. In the check we looked for all users who had access to the AUD$ table. To fix this, use the REVOKE command to revoke access to users who should not have access to the audit data. REVOKE statement Use the REVOKE statement to remove permissions from a specific user or from all users to perform actions on database objects. The following types of permissions can be revoked: Delete data from a specific table. Insert data into a specific table. Create a foreign key reference to the named table or to a subset of columns from a table. Select data from a table, view, or a subset of columns in a table. Create a trigger on a table. Update data in a table or in a subset of columns in a table. Run a specified routine (function or procedure). If a user named FRED had access to the AUD$ table and wanting to revoke that access, use the following command. The syntax that would be used for the REVOKE statement for tables is as follows: REVOKE privilege-type ON [ TABLE ] { table-Name | view-Name } FROM grantees SQL>REVOKE SELECT ON TABLE AUD$ FROM FRED; Revoking a privilege without specifying a column list revokes the privilege for all of the columns in the table. Syntax for routines table-privileges include DELETE | INSERT | REFERENCES [column list] | SELECT [column list] | TRIGGER | UPDATE [column list] column list ( column-identifier {, column-identifier}* ) Use the ALL PRIVILEGES privilege type to revoke all of the permissions from the user for the specified table. Can also revoke one or more table privileges by specifying a privilege-list. Use the DELETE privilege type to revoke permission to delete rows from the specified table. Use the INSERT privilege type to revoke permission to insert rows into the specified table. Use the REFERENCES privilege type to revoke permission to create a foreign key reference to the specified table. If a column list is specified with the REFERENCES privilege, the permission is revoked on only the foreign key reference to the specified columns. Use the SELECT privilege type to revoke permission to perform SELECT statements on a table or view. If a column list is specified with the SELECT privilege, the permission is revoked on only those columns. If no column list is specified, then the privilege is valid on all of the columns in the table. Use the TRIGGER privilege type to revoke permission to create a trigger on the specified table. Use the UPDATE privilege type to revoke permission to use the UPDATE statement on the specified table. If a column list is specified, the permission is revoked only on the specified columns. grantees { authorization ID | PUBLIC } [,{ authorization ID | PUBLIC } ] * Can revoke the privileges from specific users or from all users. Use the keyword PUBLIC to specify all users. The privileges revoked from PUBLIC and from individual users are independent privileges. For example, a SELECT privilege on table t is granted to both PUBLIC and to the authorization ID harry. The SELECT privilege is later revoked from the authorization ID 'Harry', but the authorization ID 'Harry' can access the table through the PUBLIC privilege. Restriction: Cannot revoke the privileges of the owner of an object. routine-designator { qualified-name [ signature ] } Cascading object dependencies For views, triggers, and constraints, if the privilege on which the object depends is revoked, the object is automatically dropped. Derby does not try to determine if there are other privileges that can replace the privileges that are being revoked. For more information, see "SQL standard authorization" in the Java DB Developer's Guide. Limitations The following limitations apply to the REVOKE statement: Table-level privileges: All of the table-level privilege types for a specified grantee and table ID are stored in one row in the SYSTABLEPERMS system table. For example, when user2 is granted the SELECT and DELETE privileges on table user1.t1, a row is added to the SYSTABLEPERMS table. The GRANTEE field contains user2 and the TABLEID contains user1.t1. The SELECTPRIV and DELETEPRIV fields are set to Y. The remaining privilege type fields are set to N. When a grantee creates an object that relies on one of the privilege types, the Derby engine tracks the dependency of the object on the specific row in the SYSTABLEPERMS table. For example, user2 creates the view v1 by using the statement SELECT * FROM user1.t1; the dependency manager tracks the dependency of view v1 on the row in SYSTABLEPERMS for GRANTEE(user2), TABLEID(user1.t1). The dependency manager knows only that the view is dependent on a privilege type in that specific row but does not track exactly which privilege type the view is dependent on. When a REVOKE statement for a table-level privilege is issued for a grantee and table ID, all of the objects that are dependent on the grantee and table ID are dropped. For example, if user1 revokes the DELETE privilege on table t1 from user2, the row in SYSTABLEPERMS for GRANTEE(user2), TABLEID(user1.t1) is modified by the REVOKE statement. The dependency manager sends a revoke invalidation message to the view user2.v1, and the view is dropped, even though the view is not dependent on the DELETE privilege for GRANTEE(user2), TABLEID(user1.t1). Column-level privileges: Only one type of privilege for a specified grantee and table ID are stored in one row in the SYSCOLPERMS system table. For example, when user2 is granted the SELECT privilege on table user1.t1 for columns c12 and c13, a row is added to the SYSCOLPERMS. The GRANTEE field contains user2, the TABLEID contains user1.t1, the TYPE field contains S, and the COLUMNS field contains c12, c13. When a grantee creates an object that relies on the privilege type and the subset of columns in a table ID, the Derby engine tracks the dependency of the object on the specific row in the SYSCOLPERMS table. For example, user2 creates the view v1 by using the statement SELECT c11 FROM user1.t1; the dependency manager tracks the dependency of view v1 on the row in SYSCOLPERMS for GRANTEE(user2), TABLEID(user1.t1), TYPE(S). The dependency manager knows that the view is dependent on the SELECT privilege type but does not track exactly which columns the view is dependent on. When a REVOKE statement for a column-level privilege is issued for a grantee, table ID, and type, all of the objects that are dependent on the grantee, table ID, and type are dropped. For example, if user1 revokes the SELECT privilege on column c12 on table user1.t1 from user2, the row in SYSCOLPERMS for GRANTEE(user2), TABLEID(user1.t1), TYPE(S) is modified by the REVOKE statement. The dependency manager sends a revoke invalidation message to the view user2.v1, and the view is dropped, even though the view is not dependent on the column c12 for GRANTEE(user2), TABLEID(user1.t1), TYPE(S). If Unified Auditing is used: Apply the same process used in standard auditing to the tables with AUDSYS as the owner.

b
The system must protect audit tools from unauthorized access.
AU-9 - Medium - CCI-001493 - V-220280 - SV-220280r960939_rule
RMF Control
AU-9
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001493
Version
O121-C2-009600
Vuln IDs
  • V-220280
  • V-61659
Rule IDs
  • SV-220280r960939_rule
  • SV-76149
Protecting audit data also includes identifying and protecting the tools used to view and manipulate log data. Depending upon the log format and application, system and application log tools may provide the only means to manipulate and manage application and system log data. It is, therefore, imperative that access to audit tools be controlled and protected from unauthorized access. Applications providing tools to interface with audit data will leverage user permissions and roles identifying the user accessing the tools and the corresponding rights the user enjoys in order make access decisions regarding the access to audit tools. Audit tools include, but are not limited to, OS-provided audit tools, vendor-provided audit tools, and open source audit tools needed to successfully view and manipulate audit information system activity and records. If an attacker were to gain access to audit tools, he could analyze audit logs for system weaknesses or weaknesses in the auditing itself. An attacker could also manipulate logs to hide evidence of malicious activity.
Checks: C-21995r391971_chk

Review access permissions to tools used to view or modify audit log data. These tools may include the DBMS itself or tools external to the database. If appropriate permissions and access controls to prevent unauthorized access are not applied to these tools, this is a finding.

Fix: F-21987r391972_fix

Add or modify access controls and permissions to tools used to view or modify audit log data. Tools must be accessible by authorized personnel only.

b
The system must protect audit tools from unauthorized modification.
AU-9 - Medium - CCI-001494 - V-220281 - SV-220281r960942_rule
RMF Control
AU-9
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001494
Version
O121-C2-009700
Vuln IDs
  • V-220281
  • V-61661
Rule IDs
  • SV-220281r960942_rule
  • SV-76151
Protecting audit data also includes identifying and protecting the tools used to view and manipulate log data. Depending upon the log format and application, system and application log tools may provide the only means to manipulate and manage application and system log data. If the tools are compromised it could provide attackers with the capability to manipulate log data. It is, therefore, imperative that audit tools be controlled and protected from unauthorized modification. Audit tools include, but are not limited to, OS provided audit tools, vendor provided audit tools, and open source audit tools needed to successfully view and manipulate audit information system activity and records. If an attacker were to gain access to audit tools he could analyze audit logs for system weaknesses or weaknesses in the auditing itself. An attacker could also manipulate logs to hide evidence of malicious activity.
Checks: C-21996r391974_chk

Review access permissions to tools used to view or modify audit log data. These tools may include the DBMS itself or tools external to the database. If appropriate permissions and access controls are not applied to prevent unauthorized modification of these tools, this is a finding.

Fix: F-21988r391975_fix

Add or modify access controls and permissions to tools used to view or modify audit log data. Tools must be modifiable by authorized personnel only.

b
The system must protect audit tools from unauthorized deletion.
AU-9 - Medium - CCI-001495 - V-220282 - SV-220282r960945_rule
RMF Control
AU-9
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001495
Version
O121-C2-009800
Vuln IDs
  • V-220282
  • V-61663
Rule IDs
  • SV-220282r960945_rule
  • SV-76153
Protecting audit data also includes identifying and protecting the tools used to view and manipulate log data. Depending upon the log format and application, system and application log tools may provide the only means to manipulate and manage application and system log data. It is, therefore, imperative that access to audit tools be controlled and protected from unauthorized access. Applications providing tools to interface with audit data will leverage user permissions and roles identifying the user accessing the tools and the corresponding rights the user enjoys in order make access decisions regarding the access to audit tools. Audit tools include, but are not limited to, OS-provided audit tools, vendor-provided audit tools, and open source audit tools needed to successfully view and manipulate audit information system activity and records. If an attacker were to gain access to audit tools, he could analyze audit logs for system weaknesses or weaknesses in the auditing itself. An attacker could also manipulate logs to hide evidence of malicious activity.
Checks: C-21997r391977_chk

Review access permissions to tools used to view or modify audit log data. These tools may include the DBMS itself or tools external to the database. If appropriate permissions and access controls are not applied to prevent unauthorized deletion of these tools, this is a finding.

Fix: F-21989r391978_fix

Add or modify access controls and permissions to tools used to view or modify audit log data. Only authorized personnel must be able to delete these tools.

b
Database objects must be owned by accounts authorized for ownership.
CM-5 - Medium - CCI-001499 - V-220283 - SV-220283r960960_rule
RMF Control
CM-5
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001499
Version
O121-C2-011000
Vuln IDs
  • V-220283
  • V-61673
Rule IDs
  • SV-220283r960960_rule
  • SV-76163
Within the database, object ownership implies full privileges to the owned object including the privilege to assign access to the owned objects to other subjects. Unmanaged or uncontrolled ownership of objects can lead to unauthorized object grants and alterations, and unauthorized modifications to data. If critical tables or other objects rely on unauthorized owner accounts, these objects can be lost when an account is removed. It may be the case that there are accounts that are authorized to own synonyms, but no other objects. If this is so, it should be documented.
Checks: C-21998r391980_chk

Review system documentation to identify accounts authorized to own database objects. Review accounts in DBMS that own objects. If any database objects are found to be owned by users not authorized to own database objects, this is a finding. - - - - - Query the object DBA_OBJECTS to show the users who own objects in the database. The query below will return all of the users who own objects. sqlplus connect as sysdba SQL&gt;select owner, object_type, count(*) from dba_objects group by owner, object_type order by owner, object_type; If these owners are not authorized owners, select all of the objects these owners have generated and decide who they should belong to. To make a list of all of the objects, the unauthorized owner has to perform the following query. SQL&gt;select * from dba_objects where owner =&amp;unauthorized_owner;

Fix: F-21990r391981_fix

Update system documentation to include list of accounts authorized for object ownership. Re-assign ownership of authorized objects to authorized object owner accounts.

b
Default demonstration and sample databases, database objects, and applications must be removed.
CM-7 - Medium - CCI-000381 - V-220284 - SV-220284r960963_rule
RMF Control
CM-7
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000381
Version
O121-C2-011500
Vuln IDs
  • V-220284
  • V-61677
Rule IDs
  • SV-220284r960963_rule
  • SV-76167
Information systems are capable of providing a wide variety of functions and services. Some of the functions and services, provided by default, may not be necessary to support essential organizational operations (e.g., key missions, functions). It is detrimental for applications to provide, or install by default, functionality exceeding requirements or mission objectives. Examples include, but are not limited to, installing advertising software, demonstrations, or browser plugins not related to requirements or providing a wide array of functionality not required for the mission. Applications must adhere to the principles of least functionality by providing only essential capabilities. Demonstration and sample database objects and applications present publicly known attack points for malicious users. These demonstration and sample objects are meant to provide simple examples of coding specific functions and are not developed to prevent vulnerabilities from being introduced to the DBMS and host system.
Checks: C-21999r391983_chk

If Oracle is hosted on a server that does not support production systems, and is designated for the deployment of samples and demonstrations, this is not applicable (NA). Review documentation and websites from Oracle and any other relevant vendors for vendor-provided demonstration or sample databases, database applications, schemas, objects, and files. Review the Oracle DBMS to determine if any of the demonstration and sample databases, schemas, database applications, or files are installed in the database or are included with the DBMS application. If any are present in the database or are included with the DBMS application, this is a finding. The Oracle Default Sample Schema User Accounts are: BI Owns the Business Intelligence schema included in the Oracle Sample Schemas. HR Manages the Human Resources schema. Schema stores information about the employees and the facilities of the company. OE Manages the Order Entry schema. Schema stores product inventories and sales of the company's products through various channels. PM Manages the Product Media schema. Schema contains descriptions and detailed information about each product sold by the company. IX Manages the Information Exchange schema. Schema manages shipping through business-to-business (B2B) applications database. SH Manages the Sales schema. Schema stores statistics to facilitate business decisions. SCOTT A demonstration account with a simple schema. Connect to Oracle as SYSDBA; run the following SQL to check for presence of Oracle Default Sample Schema User Accounts: select distinct(username) from dba_users where username in ('BI','HR','OE','PM','IX','SH','SCOTT'); If any of the users listed above is returned it means that there are demo programs installed, so this is a finding.

Fix: F-21991r391984_fix

Remove any demonstration and sample databases, database applications, objects, and files from the DBMS. To remove an account and all objects owned by that account (using BI as an example): DROP USER BI CASCADE; To remove objects without removing their owner, use the appropriate DROP statement (DROP TABLE, DROP VIEW, etc.).

b
Unused database components, DBMS software, and database objects must be removed.
CM-7 - Medium - CCI-000381 - V-220285 - SV-220285r960963_rule
RMF Control
CM-7
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000381
Version
O121-C2-011600
Vuln IDs
  • V-220285
  • V-61679
Rule IDs
  • SV-220285r960963_rule
  • SV-76169
Information systems are capable of providing a wide variety of functions and services. Some of the functions and services, provided by default, may not be necessary to support essential organizational operations (e.g., key missions, functions). It is detrimental for applications to provide, or install by default, functionality exceeding requirements or mission objectives. Examples include, but are not limited to, installing advertising software, demonstrations, or browser plug-ins not related to requirements or providing a wide array of functionality not required for the mission. Applications must adhere to the principles of least functionality by providing only essential capabilities. Demonstration and sample database objects and applications present publicly known attack points for malicious users. These demonstration and sample objects are meant to provide simple examples of coding specific functions and are not developed to prevent vulnerabilities from being introduced to the DBMS and host system. Unused and unnecessary DBMS components increase the attack vector for the DBMS by introducing additional targets for attack. By minimizing the services and applications installed on the system, the number of potential vulnerabilities is reduced.
Checks: C-22000r666933_chk

Run this query to produce a list of components and features installed with the database: SELECT comp_id, comp_name, version, status from dba_registry WHERE comp_id not in ('CATALOG','CATPROC','XDB') AND status &lt;&gt; 'OPTION OFF'; Review the list. If unused components are installed and are not documented and authorized, this is a finding. Starting with releases 11.1.0.7.x and above, all products are installed by default and the option to customize the product/component selection is no longer possible with the exception of those listed here: Oracle JVM, Oracle Text, Oracle Multimedia, Oracle OLAP, Oracle Spatial, Oracle Label Security, Oracle Application Express, Oracle Database Vault

Fix: F-21992r391987_fix

If any components are required for operation of applications that will be accessing the DBMS, include them in the system documentation. One cannot remove components, either via Database Configuration Assistant (DBCA) or manually once the database has been created, either from a container or a non-container database. One can, however, use DBCA to create a non-container database and remove components during the creation process, before the database is created. When using DBCA to create a custom non-container database, select creation mode = advanced Database Template = Custom Database Options..Database Component. Components that can be selected or de-selected are: Oracle JVM, Oracle Text, Oracle Multimedia, Oracle OLAP, Oracle Spatial, Oracle Label Security, Oracle Application Express, Oracle Database Vault For a container database (CDB), the CDB$ROOT must have all possible database components available. This is because, when a pluggable database (PDB) is plugged into the CDB, the CDB must have the same components installed as the PDB. Since we do not know what components the PDBS may have, the CDB must be able to support all possible PDB configurations. Components installed in the CDB$ROOT do not need to be licensed. Components are only considered to be used if they are installed in the PDB. To configure a PDB to only use specific components, do the following: 1) Create a non-CDB 12.1 database and configure that database with the components desired. 2) Plug the non-CDB database into a CDB database, creating a new PDB. If wanted, can then create additional clones from the new PDB.

b
Unused database components that are integrated in the DBMS and cannot be uninstalled must be disabled.
CM-7 - Medium - CCI-000381 - V-220286 - SV-220286r960963_rule
RMF Control
CM-7
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000381
Version
O121-C2-011700
Vuln IDs
  • V-220286
  • V-61681
Rule IDs
  • SV-220286r960963_rule
  • SV-76171
Information systems are capable of providing a wide variety of functions and services. Some of the functions and services, provided by default, may not be necessary to support essential organizational operations (e.g., key missions, functions). It is detrimental for applications to provide, or install by default, functionality exceeding requirements or mission objectives. Examples include, but are not limited to, installing advertising software, demonstrations, or browser plug-ins not related to requirements or providing a wide array of functionality not required for the mission. Applications must adhere to the principles of least functionality by providing only essential capabilities. Unused, unnecessary DBMS components increase the attack vector for the DBMS by introducing additional targets for attack. By minimizing the services and applications installed on the system, the number of potential vulnerabilities is reduced. Components of the system that are unused and cannot be uninstalled must be disabled.
Checks: C-22001r391989_chk

Run this query to check to see what integrated components are installed in the database: SELECT parameter, value from v$option where parameter in ( 'Data Mining', 'Oracle Database Extensions for .NET', 'OLAP', 'Partitioning', 'Real Application Testing' ); This will return all of the relevant database options and their status. TRUE means that the option is installed. If the option is not installed, the option will be set to FALSE. Review the options and check the system documentation to see what is required. If all listed components are authorized to be in use, this is not a finding. If any unused components or features are listed by the query as TRUE, this is a finding.

Fix: F-21993r391990_fix

In the system documentation list the integrated components required for operation of applications that will be accessing the DBMS. For Oracle Database 12.1, only the following components can be enabled/disabled: Oracle Data Mining (dm) Oracle Database Extensions for .NET (ode_net) Oracle OLAP (olap) Oracle Partitioning (partitioning) Real Application Testing (rat) Use the chopt utility (an Oracle-supplied operating system command that resides in the <Oracle Home path>/bin directory) to disable each option that should not be available. The command format is chopt <enable|disable> <option> where <option> is any of the abbreviations in parentheses in the list above. For example, to disable Real Application Testing, issue the following command at an OS prompt: chopt disable rat Restart the Oracle service. (See My Oracle Support Document 948061.1 for more on the chopt command.)

b
Use of external executables must be authorized.
CM-7 - Medium - CCI-000381 - V-220287 - SV-220287r960963_rule
RMF Control
CM-7
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000381
Version
O121-C2-011800
Vuln IDs
  • V-220287
  • V-61683
Rule IDs
  • SV-220287r960963_rule
  • SV-76173
Information systems are capable of providing a wide variety of functions and services. Some of the functions and services, provided by default, may not be necessary to support essential organizational operations (e.g., key missions, functions). It is detrimental for applications to provide, or install by default, functionality exceeding requirements or mission objectives. Examples include, but are not limited to, installing advertising software, demonstrations, or browser plugins not related to requirements or providing a wide array of functionality not required for the mission. Applications must adhere to the principles of least functionality by providing only essential capabilities. DBMSs may spawn additional external processes to execute procedures that are defined in the DBMS, but stored in external host files (external procedures). The spawned process used to execute the external procedure may operate within a different OS security context than the DBMS and provide unauthorized access to the host system.
Checks: C-22002r878049_chk

Review the database for definitions of application executable objects stored external to the database. Determine if there are methods to disable use or access, or to remove definitions for external executable objects. Verify any application executable objects listed are authorized by the ISSO. To check for external procedures, execute the following query, which will provide the libraries containing external procedures, the owners of those libraries, users that have been granted access to those libraries, and the privileges they have been granted. If there are owners other than the owners Oracle provides, then there might be executable objects stored either in the database or external to the database that are called by objects in the database. (connect as sysdba) set linesize 130 column library_name format a25 column name format a15 column owner format a15 column grantee format a15 column privilege format a15 select library_name,owner, '' grantee, '' privilege from dba_libraries where file_spec is not null and owner not in ('SYS', 'ORDSYS') minus ( select library_name,o.name owner, '' grantee, '' privilege from dba_libraries l, sys.user$ o, sys.user$ ge, sys.obj$ obj, sys.objauth$ oa where l.owner=o.name and obj.owner#=o.user# and obj.name=l.library_name and oa.obj#=obj.obj# and ge.user#=oa.grantee# and l.file_spec is not null ) union all select library_name,o.name owner, --obj.obj#,oa.privilege#, ge.name grantee, tpm.name privilege from dba_libraries l, sys.user$ o, sys.user$ ge, sys.obj$ obj, sys.objauth$ oa, sys.table_privilege_map tpm where l.owner=o.name and obj.owner#=o.user# and obj.name=l.library_name and oa.obj#=obj.obj# and ge.user#=oa.grantee# and tpm.privilege=oa.privilege# and l.file_spec is not null / If any owners are returned other than those Oracle provides, ensure those owners are authorized to access those libraries. If there are users that have been granted access to libraries that are not authorized, this is a finding.

Fix: F-21994r391993_fix

Disable use of or remove any external application executable object definitions that are not authorized. Revoke privileges granted to users that are not authorized access to external applications.

b
Access to external executables must be disabled or restricted.
CM-7 - Medium - CCI-000381 - V-220288 - SV-220288r960963_rule
RMF Control
CM-7
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000381
Version
O121-C2-011810
Vuln IDs
  • V-220288
  • V-61685
Rule IDs
  • SV-220288r960963_rule
  • SV-76175
The Oracle external procedure capability provides use of the Oracle process account outside the operation of the DBMS process. You can use it to submit and execute applications stored externally from the database under operating system controls. The external procedure process is the subject of frequent and successful attacks as it allows unauthenticated use of the Oracle process account on the operating system. As of Oracle version 11.1, the external procedure agent may be run directly from the database and not require use of the Oracle listener. This reduces the risk of unauthorized access to the procedure from outside of the database process.
Checks: C-22003r391995_chk

Review the System Security Plan to determine if the use of the external procedure agent is authorized. Review the ORACLE_HOME/bin directory or search the ORACLE_BASE path for the executable extproc (UNIX) or extproc.exe (Windows). If external procedure agent is not authorized for use in the System Security Plan and the executable file does not exist or is restricted, this is not a finding. If external procedure agent is not authorized for use in the System Security Plan and the executable file exists and is not restricted, this is a finding. If use of the external procedure agent is authorized, ensure extproc is restricted to execution of authorized applications. External jobs are run using the account nobody by default. Review the contents of the file ORACLE_HOME/rdbms/admin/externaljob.ora for the lines run_user= and run_group=. If the user assigned to these parameters is not "nobody", this is a finding. For versions 11.1 and later, the external procedure agent (extproc executable) is available directly from the database and does not require definition in the listener.ora file for use. Review the contents of the file ORACLE_HOME/hs/admin/extproc.ora. If the file does not exist, this is a finding. If the following entry does not appear in the file, this is a finding: EXTPROC_DLLS=ONLY:[dll full file name1]:[dll full file name2]:.. [dll full file name] represents a full path and file name. This list of file names is separated by ":". Note: If "ONLY" is specified, then the list is restricted to allow execution of only the DLLs specified in the list and is not a finding. If "ANY" is specified, then there are no restrictions for execution except what is controlled by operating system permissions and is a finding. If no specification is made, any files located in the %ORACLE_HOME%\bin directory on Windows systems or $ORACLE_HOME/lib directory on UNIX systems can be executed (the default) and is a finding. Ensure that EXTPROC is not accessible from the listener. Review the listener.ora file. If any entries reference "extproc", this is a finding. Determine if the external procedure agent is in use per Oracle 10.x conventions. Review the listener.ora file. If any entries reference "extproc", then the agent is in use. If external procedure agent is not authorized for use in the System Security Plan and references to "extproc" exist, this is a finding. Sample listener.ora entries with extproc included: LISTENER = (DESCRIPTION = (ADDRESS = (PROTOCOL = TCP)(HOST = 127.0.0.1)(PORT = 1521)) ) EXTLSNR = (DESCRIPTION = (ADDRESS = (PROTOCOL = IPC)(KEY = EXTPROC)) ) SID_LIST_LISTENER = (SID_LIST = (SID_DESC = (GLOBAL_DBNAME = ORCL) (ORACLE_HOME = /home/oracle/app/oracle/product/11.1.0/db_1) (SID_NAME = ORCL) ) ) SID_LIST_EXTLSNR = (SID_LIST = (SID_DESC = (PROGRAM = extproc) (SID_NAME = PLSExtProc) (ORACLE_HOME = /home/oracle/app/oracle/product/11.1.0/db_1) (ENVS="EXTPROC_DLLS=ONLY:/home/app1/app1lib.so:/home/app2/app2lib.so, LD_LIBRARY_PATH=/private/app2/lib:/private/app1, MYPATH=/usr/fso:/usr/local/packages") ) ) Sample tnsnames.ora entries with extproc included: ORCL = (DESCRIPTION = (ADDRESS_LIST = (ADDRESS = (PROTOCOL = TCP)(HOST = 127.0.0.1)(PORT = 1521)) ) (CONNECT_DATA = (SERVICE_NAME = ORCL) ) ) EXTPROC_CONNECTION_DATA = (DESCRIPTION = (ADDRESS_LIST = (ADDRESS = (PROTOCOL = IPC)(KEY = extproc)) ) (CONNECT_DATA = (SERVER = DEDICATED) (SERVICE_NAME = PLSExtProc) ) ) If EXTPROC is in use, confirm that a listener is dedicated to serving the external procedure agent (as shown above). View the protocols configured for the listener. For the listener to be dedicated, the only entries will be to specify extproc. If there is not a dedicated listener in use for the external procedure agent, this is a finding. If the PROTOCOL= specified is other than IPC, this is a finding. Verify and ensure extproc is restricted executing authorized external applications only and extproc is restricted to execution of authorized applications. Review the listener.ora file. If the following entry does not exist, this is a finding: EXTPROC_DLLS=ONLY:[dll full file name1]:[dll full file name2]:... Note: [dll full file name] represents a full path and file name. This list of file names is separated by ":". Note: If "ONLY" is specified, then the list is restricted to allow execution of only the DLLs specified in the list and is not a finding. If "ANY" is specified, then there are no restrictions for execution except what is controlled by operating system permissions and is a finding. If no specification is made, any files located in the %ORACLE_HOME%\bin directory on Windows systems or $ORACLE_HOME/lib directory on UNIX systems can be executed (the default) and is a finding. View the listener.ora file (usually in ORACLE_HOME/network/admin or directory specified by the TNS_ADMIN environment variable). If multiple listener processes are running, then the listener.ora file for each must be viewed. For each process, determine the directory specified in the ORACLE_HOME or TNS_ADMIN environment variable defined for the process account to locate the listener.ora file.

Fix: F-21995r391996_fix

If use of the external procedure agent is required, then authorize and document the requirement in the System Security Plan. If the external procedure agent must be accessible to the Oracle listener, then specify this and authorize it in the System Security Plan. If use of the Oracle External Procedure agent is not required: - Stop the Oracle Listener process - Remove all references to extproc in the listener.ora and tnsnames.ora files - Alter the permissions on the executable files: UNIX - Remove read/write/execute permissions from owner, group and world Windows - Remove Groups/Users from the executable (except groups SYSTEM and ADMINISTRATORS) and allow READ [only] for SYSTEM and ADMINISTRATORS groups If required: - Restrict extproc execution to only authorized applications. - Specify EXTPROC_DLLS=ONLY: [list of authorized DLLS] in the extproc.ora and the listener.ora files - Create a separate, dedicated listener for use by the external procedure agent See the Oracle Net Services Administrators Guides, External Procedures section for detailed configuration information.

b
The DBMS must support the organizational requirements to specifically prohibit or restrict the use of unauthorized functions, ports, protocols, and/or services.
CM-7 - Medium - CCI-000382 - V-220289 - SV-220289r960966_rule
RMF Control
CM-7
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000382
Version
O121-C2-011900
Vuln IDs
  • V-220289
  • V-61687
Rule IDs
  • SV-220289r960966_rule
  • SV-76177
Information systems are capable of providing a wide variety of functions and services. Some of the functions and services, provided by default, may not be necessary to support essential organizational operations (e.g., key missions, functions). Additionally, it is sometimes convenient to provide multiple services from a single component of an information system (e.g., email and web services), but doing so increases risk by constraining the ability to restrict the use of functions, ports, protocols, and/or services. To support the requirements and principles of least functionality, the application must support the organizational requirements providing only essential capabilities and limiting the use of ports, protocols, and/or services to only those required, authorized, and approved to conduct official business or to address authorized quality of life issues. Database Management Systems using ports, protocols, and services deemed unsafe are open to attack through those ports, protocols, and services. This can allow unauthorized access to the database and through the database to other components of the information system.
Checks: C-22004r822473_chk

Review the DBMS settings for functions, ports, protocols, and services that are not approved. If any are found, this is a finding. (For definitive information on Ports, Protocols, and Services Management [PPSM], refer to https://cyber.mil/ppsm/) - - - - - In the Oracle database, the communications with the database and incoming requests are performed by the Oracle Listener. The Oracle Listener listens on a specific port or ports for connections to a specific database. The Oracle Listener has configuration files located in the $ORACLE_HOME/network/admin directory. To check the ports and protocols in use, go to that directory and review the SQLNET.ora, LISTENER.ora, and the TNSNAMES.ora. If protocols or ports are in use that are not authorized, this is a finding.

Fix: F-21996r822474_fix

Disable functions, ports, protocols, and services that are not approved. - - - - - Change the SQLNET.ora, LISTENER.ora, and TNSNAMES.ora files to reflect the proper use of ports, protocols, and services that are approved at the site. If changes to the Listener are made, the files associated with the Listener must be reloaded. Do that by issuing the following commands at the UNIX/Linux or Windows prompt. Issue the command to see what the current status is: $ lsnrctl stat Load the new file that was corrected to reflect site-specific requirements. $ lsnrctl reload Check the status again to see that the changes have taken place. $ lsnrctl stat

c
The DBMS must support organizational requirements to enforce password encryption for storage.
- High - CCI-004062 - V-220290 - SV-220290r1015773_rule
RMF Control
Severity
High
CCI
CCI-004062
Version
O121-C2-014600
Vuln IDs
  • V-220290
  • V-61733
Rule IDs
  • SV-220290r1015773_rule
  • SV-76223
Applications must enforce password encryption when storing passwords. Passwords need to be protected at all times, and encryption is the standard method for protecting passwords. If passwords are not encrypted, they can be plainly read and easily compromised. Database passwords stored in clear text are vulnerable to unauthorized disclosure. Database passwords must always be encoded or encrypted when stored internally or externally to the DBMS. Transport Layer Security (TLS) is the successor protocol to Secure Sockets Layer (SSL). Although the Oracle configuration parameters have names that include "SSL", such as SSL_VERSION and SSL_CIPHER_SUITES, they refer to TLS.
Checks: C-22005r998254_chk

Oracle stores and displays its passwords in encrypted form. Nevertheless, this should be verified by reviewing the relevant system views, along with the other items to be checked here. Ask the DBA to review the list of DBMS database objects, database configuration files, associated scripts, and applications defined within and external to the DBMS that access the database. The list should also include files, tables, or settings used to configure the operational environment for the DBMS and for interactive DBMS user accounts. Ask the database administrator (DBA) and/or information system security officer (ISSO) to determine if any DBMS database objects, database configuration files, associated scripts, and applications defined within or external to the DBMS that access the database, and DBMS/user environment files/settings/tables, contain database passwords. If any do, confirm that DBMS passwords stored internally or externally to the DBMS are encoded or encrypted. If any passwords are stored in clear text, this is a finding. Ask the DBA/system administrator (SA)/application support staff if they have created an external password store for applications, batch jobs, and scripts to use. Verify that all passwords stored there are encrypted. If a password store is used and any password is not encrypted, this is a finding. - - - - - The following are notes on implementing a Secure External Password Store using Oracle Wallet. Password credentials can be stored for connecting to databases using a client-side Oracle wallet. An Oracle wallet is a secure software container that stores authentication and signing credentials. This wallet usage can simplify large-scale deployments that rely on password credentials for connecting to databases. When this feature is configured, application code, batch jobs, and scripts no longer need embedded user names and passwords. This reduces risk because the passwords are no longer exposed, and password management policies are more easily enforced without changing application code whenever user names or passwords change. The external password store of the wallet is separate from the area where public key infrastructure (PKI) credentials are stored. Consequently, Oracle Wallet Manager cannot be used to manage credentials in the external password store of the wallet. Instead, use the command-line utility mkstore to manage these credentials. How Does the External Password Store Work? Typically, users (and applications, batch jobs, and scripts) connect to databases by using a standard CONNECT statement that specifies a database connection string. This string can include a user name and password, and an Oracle Net service name identifying the database on an Oracle Database network. If the password is omitted, the connection prompts the user for the password. For example, the service name could be the URL that identifies that database, or a TNS alias entered in the tnsnames.ora file in the database. Another possibility is a host:port:sid string. The following examples are standard CONNECT statements that could be used for a client that is not configured to use the external password store: CONNECT salesapp@sales_db.us.example.com Enter password: password CONNECT salesapp@orasales Enter password: password CONNECT salesapp@ourhost37:1527:DB17 Enter password: password In these examples, salesapp is the user name, with the unique connection string for the database shown as specified in three different ways; use its URL sales_db.us.example.com, or its TNS alias, orasales, from the tnsnames.ora file, or its host:port:sid string. However, when clients are configured to use the secure external password store, applications can connect to a database with the following CONNECT statement syntax, without specifying database logon credentials: CONNECT /@db_connect_string CONNECT /@db_connect_string AS SYSDBA CONNECT /@db_connect_string AS SYSOPER In this specification, db_connect_string is a valid connection string to access the intended database, such as the service name, URL, or alias as shown in the earlier examples. Each user account must have its own unique connection string and cannot create one connection string for multiple users. In this case, the database credentials, user name and password, are securely stored in an Oracle wallet created for this purpose. The autologon feature of this wallet is turned on, so the system does not need a password to open the wallet. From the wallet, it gets the credentials to access the database for the user they represent.

Fix: F-21997r998255_fix

Develop, document, and maintain a list of DBMS database objects, database configuration files, associated scripts, and applications defined within, or external to, the DBMS that access the database, and DBMS/user environment files/settings in the System Security Plan (SSP). Record whether they do or do not contain DBMS passwords. If passwords are present, ensure they are encoded or encrypted and protected by host system security. - - - - - The following are notes on implementing a Secure External Password Store using Oracle Wallet. Oracle provides the capability to provide for a secure external password facility. Use the Oracle mkstore to create a secure storage area for passwords for applications, batch jobs, and scripts to use, or deploy a site-authorized facility to perform this function. Check to see what has been stored in the Oracle External Password Store. To view all contents of a client wallet external password store, check specific credentials by viewing them. Listing the external password store contents provides information that can be used to decide whether to add or delete credentials from the store. To list the contents of the external password store, enter the following command at the command line: $ mkstore -wrl wallet_location -listCredential For example: $ mkstore -wrl c:\oracle\product\12.1.0\db_1\wallets -listCredential The wallet_location specifies the path to the directory where the wallet, whose external password store contents is to be viewed, is located. This command lists all of the credential database service names (aliases) and the corresponding user name (schema) for that database. Passwords are not listed. Configuring Clients to Use the External Password Store: If the client is already configured to use external authentication, such as Windows built-in authentication or TLS, then Oracle Database uses that authentication method. The same credentials used for this type of authentication are typically also used to log on to the database. For clients not using such authentication methods or wanting to override them for database authentication, can set the SQLNET.WALLET_OVERRIDE parameter in sqlnet.ora to TRUE. The default value for SQLNET.WALLET_OVERRIDE is FALSE, allowing standard use of authentication credentials as before. If wanting a client to use the secure external password store feature, then perform the following configuration task: 1. Create a wallet on the client by using the following syntax at the command line: mkstore -wrl wallet_location -create For example: mkstore -wrl c:\oracle\product\12.1.0\db_1\wallets -create Enter password: password The wallet_location is the path to the directory where the wallet is to be created and stored. This command creates an Oracle wallet with the autologon feature enabled at the location specified. The autologon feature enables the client to access the wallet contents without supplying a password. The mkstore utility -create option uses password complexity verification. 2. Create database connection credentials in the wallet by using the following syntax at the command line: mkstore -wrl wallet_location -createCredential db_connect_string username Enter password: password For example: mkstore -wrl c:\oracle\product\12.1.0\db_1\wallets -createCredential oracle system Enter password: password In this specification, the wallet_location is the path to the directory where the wallet was created. The db_connect_string used in the CONNECT /@db_connect_string statement must be identical to the db_connect_string specified in the -createCredential command. The db_connect_string is the TNS alias used to specify the database in the tnsnames.ora file or any service name used to identify the database on an Oracle network. By default, tnsnames.ora is located in the $ORACLE_HOME/network/admin directory on UNIX systems and in ORACLE_HOME\network\admin on Windows. The username is the database logon credential. When prompted, enter the password for this user. 3. In the client sqlnet.ora file, enter the WALLET_LOCATION parameter and set it to the directory location of the wallet created in Step 1. For example, if the wallet was created in $ORACLE_HOME/network/admin and Oracle home is set to /private/ora12, then enter the following into client sqlnet.ora file: WALLET_LOCATION = (SOURCE = (METHOD = FILE) (METHOD_DATA = (DIRECTORY = /private/ora12/network/admin) ) ) 4. In the client sqlnet.ora file, enter the SQLNET.WALLET_OVERRIDE parameter and set it to TRUE as follows: SQLNET.WALLET_OVERRIDE = TRUE This setting causes all CONNECT /@db_connect_string statements to use the information in the wallet at the specified location to authenticate to databases. When external authentication is in use, an authenticated user with such a wallet can use the CONNECT /@db_connect_string syntax to access the previously specified databases without providing a user name and password. However, if a user fails that external authentication, then these connect statements also fail. Below is a sample sqlnet.ora file with the WALLET_LOCATION and the SQLNET.WALLET_OVERRIDE parameters set as described in Steps 3 and 4. WALLET_LOCATION = (SOURCE = (METHOD = FILE) (METHOD_DATA = (DIRECTORY = /private/ora12/network/admin) ) ) SQLNET.WALLET_OVERRIDE = TRUE SSL_CLIENT_AUTHENTICATION = FALSE SSL_VERSION = 1.2 Note: This assumes that a single sqlnet.ora file, in the default location, is in use. Refer to the supplemental file "Non-default sqlnet.ora configurations.pdf" for how to find multiple and/or differently located sqlnet.ora files.

b
The DBMS, when utilizing PKI-based authentication, must validate certificates by constructing a certification path with status information to an accepted trust anchor.
IA-5 - Medium - CCI-000185 - V-220291 - SV-220291r961038_rule
RMF Control
IA-5
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000185
Version
O121-C2-015300
Vuln IDs
  • V-220291
  • V-61741
Rule IDs
  • SV-220291r961038_rule
  • SV-76231
A trust anchor is an authoritative entity represented via a public key and associated data. It is used in the context of public key infrastructures, X.509 digital certificates, and DNSSEC. When there is a chain of trust, usually the top entity to be trusted becomes the trust anchor; it can be for example a Certification Authority (CA). A certification path starts with the Subject certificate and proceeds through a number of intermediate certificates up to a trusted root certificate, typically issued by a trusted CA. Path validation is necessary for a relying party to make an informed trust decision when presented with any certificate not already explicitly trusted. Status information for certification paths includes certificate revocation lists or online certificate status protocol responses. Database Management Systems that do not validate certificates to a trust anchor are in danger of accepting certificates that are invalid and/or counterfeit. This could allow unauthorized access to the database. Transport Layer Security (TLS) is the successor protocol to Secure Sockets Layer (SSL). Although the Oracle configuration parameters have names including 'SSL', such as SSL_VERSION and SSL_CIPHER_SUITES, they refer to TLS.
Checks: C-22006r799975_chk

If all accounts are authenticated by the OS or an enterprise-level authentication/access mechanism and not by Oracle, this is not a finding. Review DBMS configuration to verify the certificates being accepted by the DBMS have a valid certification path with status information to an accepted trust anchor. If certification paths are not being validated back to a trust anchor, this is a finding. - - - - - The database supports PKI-based authentication by using digital certificates over TLS in addition to the native encryption and data integrity capabilities of these protocols. Oracle provides a complete PKI that is based on RSA Security, Inc., Public-Key Cryptography Standards, and which interoperates with Oracle servers and clients. The database uses a wallet that is a container that is used to store authentication and signing credentials, including private keys, certificates, and trusted certificates needed by TLS. In an Oracle environment, every entity that communicates over TLS must have a wallet containing an X.509 version 3 certificate, private key, and list of trusted certificates. If the $ORACLE_HOME/network/admin/sqlnet.ora contains the following entries, TLS is installed. WALLET_LOCATION = (SOURCE= (METHOD = FILE) (METHOD_DATA = DIRECTORY=/wallet) SSL_CIPHER_SUITES=(SSL_cipher_suiteExample) SSL_VERSION = 1.2 SSL_CLIENT_AUTHENTICATION=TRUE (Note: This assumes that a single sqlnet.ora file, in the default location, is in use. Please see the supplemental file "Non-default sqlnet.ora configurations.pdf" for how to find multiple and/or differently located sqlnet.ora files.)

Fix: F-21998r392005_fix

Configure the DBMS to validate certificates by constructing a certification path with status information to an accepted trust anchor. Configure the database to support Transport Layer Security (TLS) protocols and the Oracle Wallet to store authentication and signing credentials, including private keys.

b
Oracle Database must map the PKI-authenticated identity to an associated user account.
IA-5 - Medium - CCI-000187 - V-220293 - SV-220293r1018571_rule
RMF Control
IA-5
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000187
Version
O121-C2-015501
Vuln IDs
  • V-220293
  • V-61745
Rule IDs
  • SV-220293r1018571_rule
  • SV-76235
The DOD standard for authentication is DOD-approved PKI certificates. Once a PKI certificate has been validated, it must be mapped to a DBMS user account for the authenticated identity to be meaningful to the DBMS and useful for authorization decisions.
Checks: C-22008r1018569_chk

Review DBMS configuration to verify DBMS user accounts are being mapped directly to authenticated identity information being passed via the PKI. If user accounts are not being mapped to authenticated identity information being passed via the PKI, this is a finding.

Fix: F-22000r1018570_fix

Configure the DBMS to map the authenticated identity directly to the DBMS user account.

c
The DBMS must use NIST-validated FIPS 140-2 or 140-3 compliant cryptography for authentication mechanisms.
IA-7 - High - CCI-000803 - V-220294 - SV-220294r961050_rule
RMF Control
IA-7
Severity
High
CCI
CCI-000803
Version
O121-C2-015700
Vuln IDs
  • V-220294
  • V-61747
Rule IDs
  • SV-220294r961050_rule
  • SV-76237
Use of weak or not validated cryptographic algorithms undermines the purposes of utilizing encryption and digital signatures to protect data. Weak algorithms can be easily broken and not validated cryptographic modules may not implement algorithms correctly. Unapproved cryptographic modules or algorithms should not be relied on for authentication, confidentiality, or integrity. Weak cryptography could allow an attacker to gain access to and modify data stored in the database as well as the administration settings of the DBMS. Applications (including DBMSs) utilizing cryptography are required to use approved NIST FIPS 140-2 or 140-3 validated cryptographic modules that meet the requirements of applicable federal laws, Executive Orders, directives, policies, regulations, standards, and guidance. NSA Type-X (where X=1, 2, 3, 4) products are NSA-certified, hardware-based encryption modules. The standard for validating cryptographic modules will transition to the NIST FIPS 140-3 publication. FIPS 140-2 modules can remain active for up to five years after validation or until September 21, 2026, when the FIPS 140-2 validations will be moved to the historical list. Even on the historical list, CMVP supports the purchase and use of these modules for existing systems. While Federal Agencies decide when they move to FIPS 140-3 only modules, purchasers are reminded that for several years there may be a limited selection of FIPS 140-3 modules from which to choose. CMVP recommends purchasers consider all modules that appear on the Validated Modules Search Page: https://csrc.nist.gov/projects/cryptographic-module-validation-program/validated-modules More information on the FIPS 140-3 transition can be found here: https://csrc.nist.gov/Projects/fips-140-3-transition-effort/
Checks: C-22009r903012_chk

Check the following settings to verify FIPS 140 authentication/encryption is configured. If encryption is required but not configured, check with the DBA and system administrator to verify if other mechanisms or third-party cryptography products are deployed for authentication. To verify if Oracle is configured for FIPS 140 SSL/TLS authentication and/or Encryption: Verify the DBMS version: select * from V$VERSION; If the version displayed for Oracle Database is lower than 12.1.0.2, this is a finding. If the operating system is Windows and the DBMS version is 12.1.0.2, use the opatch command to display the patches applied to the DBMS. If the patches listed do not include "WINDOWS DB BUNDLE PATCH 12.1.0.2.7", this is a finding. Open the fips.ora file in a browser or editor. (The default location for fips.ora is $ORACLE_HOME/ldap/admin/ but alternate locations are possible. An alternate location, if it is in use, is specified in the FIPS_HOME environment variable.) If the line "SSLFIPS_140=TRUE" is not found in fips.ora, or the file does not exist, this is a finding.

Fix: F-22001r836906_fix

Utilize NIST-validated FIPS 140-2 or 140-3 compliant cryptography for all authentication mechanisms. Where not already in effect, upgrade the DBMS to version 12.1.0.2 or higher. Where the operating system is Windows and the DBMS version is 12.1.0.2, install patch "WINDOWS DB BUNDLE PATCH 12.1.0.2.7" if not already deployed. Open the fips.ora file in an editor. (The default location for fips.ora is $ORACLE_HOME/ldap/admin/ but alternate locations are possible. An alternate location, if it is in use, is specified in the FIPS_HOME environment variable.) Create or modify fips.ora to include the line "SSLFIPS_140=TRUE". - - - - - The strength requirements are dependent upon data classification. For unclassified data, where cryptography is required: AES 128 for encryption SHA 256 for hashing NSA has established the suite B encryption requirements for protecting National Security Systems (NSS) as follows. AES 128 for Secret AES 256 for Top Secret SHA 256 for Secret SHA 384 for Top Secret National Security System is defined as: (OMB Circular A-130) Any telecommunications or information system operated by the United States Government, the function, operation, or use of which (1) involves intelligence activities; (2) involves cryptologic activities related to national security; (3) involves command and control of military forces; (4) involves equipment that is an integral part of a weapon or weapons system; or (5) is critical to the direct fulfillment of military or intelligence missions, but excluding any system that is to be used for routine administrative and business applications (including payroll, finance, logistics, and personnel management applications). There is more information on this topic in the Oracle Database 12c Advanced Security Administrator's Guide, located at https://docs.oracle.com/database/121/DBSEG/E48135-11.pdf. (Note: Because of changes in Oracle's licensing policy, it is no longer necessary to purchase Oracle Advanced Security to use network encryption and advanced authentication.) FIPS documentation can be downloaded from https://csrc.nist.gov/publications/fips

b
The DBMS must terminate user sessions upon user logoff or any other organization or policy-defined session termination events, such as idle time limit exceeded.
SC-23 - Medium - CCI-001185 - V-220295 - SV-220295r961113_rule
RMF Control
SC-23
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001185
Version
O121-C2-017600
Vuln IDs
  • V-220295
  • V-61765
Rule IDs
  • SV-220295r961113_rule
  • SV-76255
This requirement focuses on communications protection at the application session, versus network packet, level. Session IDs are tokens generated by web applications to uniquely identify an application user's session. Applications will make application decisions and execute business logic based on the session ID. Unique session identifiers or IDs are the opposite of sequentially generated session IDs, which can be easily guessed by an attacker. Unique session IDs help to reduce predictability of said identifiers. Unique session IDs address man-in-the-middle attacks, including session hijacking or insertion of false information into a session. If the attackers are unable to identify or guess the session information related to pending application traffic, they will have more difficulty in hijacking the session or otherwise manipulating valid sessions. When a user logs out, or when any other session termination event occurs, the application must terminate the user session to minimize the potential for an attacker to hijack that particular user session. Database sessions must be terminated when no longer in use in order to prevent session hijacking.
Checks: C-22010r392016_chk

Review DBMS settings and vendor documentation to verify user sessions are terminated upon user logout. If they are not, this is a finding. Review system documentation and organization policy to identify other events that should result in session terminations. If other session termination events are defined, review DBMS settings to verify occurrences of these events would cause session termination. If occurrences of defined session-terminating events do not cause session terminations, this is a finding. When a user logs off of an Oracle session gracefully or has the session terminated for an idle timeout or any other reason, the session is terminated, and the resources are returned to the system. Check with the DBA to see what mechanism is used to disconnect the session and what events the site uses to determine if a connection needs to be terminated. To test for timeout, open a connection and leave it idle for a period greater than the defined idle timeout setting enforced by the system. Then try to use the connection. If the connection is no longer active, then the mechanism deployed to terminate the connection is active and working.

Fix: F-22002r392017_fix

Configure DBMS settings to terminate sessions upon user logoff. Configure DBMS settings to terminate sessions upon the occurrence of any organization or policy-defined session termination event. - - - - - To configure specific session termination processes, we need to define the organization or policy-defined session termination event. Below are some examples. Oracle has several ways to disconnect idle sessions, both from within SQL*Plus via resources profiles (connect_time, idle_time) and with the SQL*net expire time parameter. Can use profiles to set the connect time and idle time with "alter profile" statements: alter profile senior_claim_analyst limit connect_time 15 sessions_per_user 2 ldle_time 10; Profiles comprise a named set of resource limits. By default, when users are created, they are given the default profile, which provides unlimited use of all resources. The syntax to create a profile follows: CREATE PROFILE LIMIT resource_parameters|password_parameters; Resource_parameters: [SESSIONS_PER_USER n|UNLIMITED|DEFAULT] [CPU_PER_SESSION n|UNLIMITED|DEFAULT] [CPU_PER_CALL n|UNLIMITED|DEFAULT] [CONNECT_TIME n|UNLIMITED|DEFAULT] [IDLE_TIME n|UNLIMITED|DEFAULT] By setting resource limits, can prevent users from performing operations that will tie up the system and prevent other users from performing operations. Can use resource limits for security, to ensure that users log off the system, so as not to leave the session connected for long periods of time. The system resource limits can be enforced at the session level, the call level, or both. The session level is calculated from the time the user logs on to the database until the user exits. The call level applies to each SQL command issued. Session-level limits are enforced for each connection. When a session-level limit is exceeded, only the last SQL command issued is rolled back; no further work can be performed until a commit, rollback, or exit is performed. Using SQLNET.EXPIRE_TIME The sqlnet.expire_time parameter is used to set a time interval, in minutes, to determine how often a probe should be sent verifying that client/server connections are active. If there is a need to ensure that connections are not left open indefinitely (or up to the time set by operating system-specific parameters), set a value that is greater than 0. This protects the system from connections left open due to an abnormal client termination. When the probe detects a terminated connection or a connection no longer in use, it signals an error, causing the server process to exit. This setting is intended for use on the database server side of the connection, which usually handles multiple connections at any one time. Limitations on using this terminated (dead) connection detection feature are: sqlnet.expire_time cannot be used on bequeathed connections. The SQL*Net expire_time probe packet will generate additional network traffic that may downgrade the network's performance, depending on the number of connections. Depending on the operating system that is in use, additional server processing may need to be performed to distinguish the connection probe from other events that occur. This overhead for detection of probe events can result in downgraded network performance. Turning-on expire_time To set up these advanced features, simply edit the sqlnet.ora file. If a beginner, follow this procedure: Start the Oracle Network Manager GUI. In the GUI navigator pane, expand the icons Local >> Profile. From the list on the right-hand pane, select General. Click on the Advanced tab. Next, enter the values for the fields or options to set. When finished, choose File >> Save Network Configuration to write the changes to the sqlnet.ora file. (Note: This assumes that a single sqlnet.ora file, in the default location, is in use. Please see the supplemental file "Non-default sqlnet.ora configurations.pdf" for how to find multiple and/or differently located sqlnet.ora files.) The sqlnet.ora inbound_connect_timeout parameter The sqlnet.ora inbound_connect_timeout parameter is used to limit the time, set in seconds, for a client to connect with the database server and provide the required authentication information. Also see sqlnet.inbound_connect_timeout tips. To limit consumption of Oracle resources by unauthorized users and enable an audit trail, should set time-limit values for the sqlnet.inbound_connect_timeout parameter in wall-clock seconds. (This parameter does not have default values.) Failure resulting from sqlnet.inbound_connect_timeout will throw an ORA-03136 inbound connection timed out error.

b
The DBMS must preserve any organization-defined system state information in the event of a system failure.
SC-24 - Medium - CCI-001665 - V-220296 - SV-220296r961125_rule
RMF Control
SC-24
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001665
Version
O121-C2-018200
Vuln IDs
  • V-220296
  • V-61769
Rule IDs
  • SV-220296r961125_rule
  • SV-76259
Failure in a known state can address safety or security in accordance with the mission/business needs of the organization. Failure in a known secure state helps prevent a loss of confidentiality, integrity, or availability in the event of a failure of the information system or a component of the system. Preserving information system state information helps to facilitate system restart and return to the operational mode of the organization with less disruption of mission/business processes.
Checks: C-22011r392019_chk

If the database is used solely for transient data (such as one dedicated to Extract-Transform-Load (ETL)), and a clear plan exists for the recovery of the database by means other than archiving, this is not a finding. If it has been determined that up-to-the second recovery is not necessary and this fact is recorded in the system documentation, with appropriate approval, this is not a finding. Check DBMS settings to determine whether system state information is being preserved in the event of a system failure. The necessary state information is defined as "information necessary to determine cause of failure and to return to operations with least disruption to mission/business processes". Oracle creates what is known as archive logs. Archive logs contain information required to replay a transaction should something happen. The redo logs are also used to copy transactions or pieces of transactions. Issue the following commands to check the status of archive log mode: $ sqlplus connect as sysdba --Check current archivelog mode in database SQL&gt; archive log list Database log mode Archive Mode Automatic archival Enabled Archive destination /home/oracle/app/oracle/arc2/ORCL Oldest online log sequence 433 Next log sequence to archive 435 Current log sequence 435 If archive log mode is not enabled, this is a finding.

Fix: F-22003r392020_fix

Configure DBMS settings to preserve all required system state information in the event of a system failure. If the database is not in archive log mode, issue the following commands to put the database in archive log mode. The database must be normally shutdown and restarted before it can be placed in archive log mode. $ sqlplus connect as sysdba -- stop and dismount database and shutdown instance. SQL> shutdown immediate; Database closed. Database dismounted. ORACLE instance shut down. SQL> startup mount; -- Restart instance. ORACLE instance started. Total System Global Area 1653518336 bytes Fixed Size 2228904 bytes Variable Size 1325403480 bytes Database Buffers 318767104 bytes Redo Buffers 7118848 bytes Database mounted. SQL> alter database archivelog; -- Enable ArchiveLog Database altered. SQL> alter database open; -- Re-open database Database altered. Issue the following command to see the new status: SQL> select log_mode from v$database; LOG_MODE ------------ ARCHIVELOG SQL> archive log list; Database log mode Archive Mode Automatic archival Enabled Archive destination USE_DB_RECOVERY_FILE_DEST Oldest online log sequence 294 Next log sequence to archive 296 Current log sequence 296 The database is now in archive log mode, and transactions are either being recorded to transport to another database or being re-applied if the database becomes corrupt and needs to be restored from the last backup. Use the redo logs to replay transactions not captured in the backup.

c
The DBMS must take needed steps to protect data at rest and ensure confidentiality and integrity of application data.
SC-28 - High - CCI-001199 - V-220297 - SV-220297r961128_rule
RMF Control
SC-28
Severity
High
CCI
CCI-001199
Version
O121-C2-018300
Vuln IDs
  • V-220297
  • V-61771
Rule IDs
  • SV-220297r961128_rule
  • SV-76261
This control is intended to address the confidentiality and integrity of information at rest in non-mobile devices and covers user information and system information. Information at rest refers to the state of information when it is located on a secondary storage device (e.g., disk drive, tape drive) within an organizational information system. Applications and application users generate information throughout the course of their application use. User-generated data and application-specific configuration data both need to be protected. Configurations and/or rule sets for firewalls, gateways, intrusion detection/prevention systems, and filtering routers and authenticator content are examples of system information likely requiring protection. Organizations may choose to employ different mechanisms to achieve confidentiality and integrity protections, as appropriate. If the confidentiality and integrity of application data is not protected, the data will be open to compromise and unauthorized modification.
Checks: C-22012r822482_chk

If the application owner and Authorizing Official have determined that encryption of data at rest is NOT required, this is not a finding. Review DBMS settings to determine whether controls exist to protect the confidentiality and integrity of data at rest in the database. If controls do not exist or are not enabled, this is a finding. To ensure that the appropriate controls are in place, discuss the precautions taken with the site Database Administrators and System Administrators and try to modify data at rest. Oracle recommends using Transparent Data Encryption to protect data. To check to see if the data is encrypted, for example, upon an auditor's request Oracle provides views that document the encryption status of the database. For TDE column encryption, use the view "dba_encrypted_columns", which lists the owner, table name, column name, encryption algorithm, and salt for all encrypted columns. For TDE tablespace encryption, the following SQL statement lists all encrypted tablespaces with their encryption algorithm and corresponding, encrypted, data files. Issue the following commands to check to see if the data at rest is encrypted. $ sqlplus connect as sysdba SQL&gt; SELECT t.name "TSName", e.encryptionalg "Algorithm", d.file_name "File Name" FROM v$tablespace t, v$encrypted_tablespaces e, dba_data_files d WHERE t.ts# = e.ts# and t.name = d.tablespace_name; The next SQL statement lists the table owner, tables within encrypted tablespaces, and the encryption algorithm: SQL&gt; SELECT a.owner "Owner", a.table_name "Table Name", e.encryptionalg "Algorithm" FROM dba_tables a, v$encrypted_tablespaces e WHERE a.tablespace_name in (select t.name from v$tablespace t, v$encrypted_tablespaces e where t.ts# = e.ts#);

Fix: F-22004r392023_fix

Apply appropriate controls to protect the confidentiality and integrity of data at rest in the database. If no site-specific precautions are in place, use Oracle Advanced Security Option to encrypt data at rest. If ASO is not an option, use site-specific procedures to secure data at rest.

b
The DBMS must isolate security functions from nonsecurity functions by means of separate security domains.
SC-3 - Medium - CCI-001084 - V-220298 - SV-220298r961131_rule
RMF Control
SC-3
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001084
Version
O121-C2-018500
Vuln IDs
  • V-220298
  • V-61775
Rule IDs
  • SV-220298r961131_rule
  • SV-76265
Security functions are defined as "the hardware, software, and/or firmware of the information system responsible for enforcing the system security policy and supporting the isolation of code and data on which the protection is based". Developers and implementers can increase the assurance in security functions by employing well-defined security policy models, structured, disciplined, and rigorous hardware and software development techniques, and sound system/security engineering principles. Database Management Systems typically separate security functionality from non-security functionality via separate databases or schemas. Database objects or code implementing security functionality must not be commingled with objects or code implementing application logic. When security and non-security functionality is commingled, users who have access to non-security functionality may be able to access security functionality.
Checks: C-22013r392025_chk

Check DBMS settings to determine whether objects or code implementing security functionality are located in a separate security domain, such as a separate database or schema created specifically for security functionality. If security-related database objects or code are not kept separate, this is a finding. The Oracle elements of security functionality, such as the roles, permissions, and profiles, along with password complexity requirements, are stored in separate schemas in the database. Review any site-specific applications security modules built into the database and determine what schema they are located in and take appropriate action. The Oracle objects will be in the Oracle Data Dictionary.

Fix: F-22005r392026_fix

Locate security-related database objects and code in a separate database, schema, or other separate security domain from database objects and code implementing application logic. (This is the default behavior for Oracle.) Review any site-specific applications security modules built into the database: determine what schema they are located in and take appropriate action.

b
The DBMS must prevent unauthorized and unintended information transfer via shared system resources.
SC-4 - Medium - CCI-001090 - V-220299 - SV-220299r961149_rule
RMF Control
SC-4
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001090
Version
O121-C2-018900
Vuln IDs
  • V-220299
  • V-61781
Rule IDs
  • SV-220299r961149_rule
  • SV-76271
The purpose of this control is to prevent information, including encrypted representations of information, produced by the actions of a prior user/role (or the actions of a process acting on behalf of a prior user/role) from being available to any current user/role (or current process) that obtains access to a shared system resource (e.g., registers, main memory, secondary storage) after the resource has been released back to the information system. Control of information in shared resources is also referred to as object reuse. Data used for the development and testing of applications often involves copying data from production. It is important that specific procedures exist for this process, so copies of sensitive data are not misplaced or left in a temporary location without the proper controls.
Checks: C-22014r392028_chk

Verify there are proper procedures in place for the refreshing of development/test data from production. Review any scripts or code that exists for the movement of production data to development/test, and verify copies of production data are not left in unprotected locations. If there is no documented procedure for data movement from production to development/test, this is a finding. If the code that exists for data movement does not remove any copies of production data from unprotected locations, this is a finding.

Fix: F-22006r392029_fix

Create and document a process for moving data from production to development/test systems, and follow the process. Modify any code used for moving data from production to development/test systems to ensure copies of production data are not left in nonsecured locations. Moving data is only a part of the challenge of protecting the data. When the data is moved, it should also be changed so sensitive information is not made available in development environments. With the Oracle Data Masking Pack for Oracle Enterprise Manager, organizations can comply with data privacy and protection mandates that restrict the use of actual customer data. With Oracle Data Masking Pack, sensitive information, such as credit card or social security numbers, can be replaced with realistic values, allowing production data to be safely used for development, testing, or sharing with out-source or off-shore partners for other nonproduction purposes. When used in conjunction with Oracle Enterprise Manager, it is easy to develop a secure process that is capable of obfuscating the data during the movement process. If the Oracle Data Masking Pack and Enterprise Manager are not available, develop site-specific procedures to manage and obfuscate sensitive data.

b
The DBMS must check the validity of data inputs.
SI-10 - Medium - CCI-001310 - V-220300 - SV-220300r961158_rule
RMF Control
SI-10
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001310
Version
O121-C2-019500
Vuln IDs
  • V-220300
  • V-61785
Rule IDs
  • SV-220300r961158_rule
  • SV-76275
Invalid user input occurs when a user inserts data or characters into an application's data entry fields and the application is unprepared to process that data. This results in unanticipated application behavior, potentially leading to an application or information system compromise. Invalid user input is one of the primary methods employed when attempting to compromise an application. All applications need to validate the data users attempt to input to the application for processing. Rules for checking the valid syntax and semantics of information system inputs (e.g., character set, length, numerical range, acceptable values) are in place to verify inputs match specified definitions for format and content. Inputs passed to interpreters are prescreened to prevent the content from being unintentionally interpreted as commands. This calls for inspection of application source code, which will require collaboration with the application developers. It is recognized that in many cases, the database administrator (DBA) is organizationally separate from the application developers and may have limited, if any, access to source code. Nevertheless, protections of this type are so important to the secure operation of databases that they must not be ignored. At a minimum, the DBA must attempt to obtain assurances from the development organization that this issue has been addressed and must document what has been discovered.
Checks: C-22015r392031_chk

Review DBMS code, settings, field definitions, constraints, and triggers to determine whether or not data being input into the database is validated. If code exists that allows invalid data to be acted upon or input into the database, this is a finding. If field definitions do not exist in the database, this is a finding. If fields do not contain enabled constraints where required, this is a finding. - - - - - Oracle provides built-in processes to keep data and its integrity intact by using constraints. Integrity Constraint States Can specify that a constraint is enabled (ENABLE) or disabled (DISABLE). If a constraint is enabled, data is checked as it is entered or updated in the database, and data that does not conform to the constraint is prevented from being entered. If a constraint is disabled, then data that does not conform can be allowed to enter the database. Additionally, can specify that existing data in the table must conform to the constraint (VALIDATE). Conversely, if specified NOVALIDATE, are not ensured that existing data conforms. An integrity constraint defined on a table can be in one of the following states: ENABLE, VALIDATE ENABLE, NOVALIDATE DISABLE, VALIDATE DISABLE, NOVALIDATE For details about the meaning of these states and an understanding of their consequences, see the Oracle Database SQL Language Reference. Some of these consequences are discussed here. Disabling Constraints To enforce the rules defined by integrity constraints, the constraints should always be enabled. However, consider temporarily disabling the integrity constraints of a table for the following performance reasons: - When loading large amounts of data into a table - When performing batch operations that make massive changes to a table (for example, changing every employee's number by adding 1000 to the existing number) - When importing or exporting one table at a time In all three cases, temporarily disabling integrity constraints can improve the performance of the operation, especially in data warehouse configurations. It is possible to enter data that violates a constraint while that constraint is disabled. Thus, always enable the constraint after completing any of the operations listed in the preceding bullet list. Enabling Constraints While a constraint is enabled, no row violating the constraint can be inserted into the table. However, while the constraint is disabled, such a row can be inserted. This row is known as an exception to the constraint. If the constraint is in the ENABLE, NOVALIDATE state, violations resulting from data entered while the constraint was disabled remain. The rows that violate the constraint must be either updated or deleted in order for the constraint to be put in the validated state. Can identify exceptions to a specific integrity constraint while attempting to enable the constraint. See "Reporting Constraint Exceptions". All rows violating constraints are noted in an EXCEPTIONS table, which can be examined. ENABLE, NOVALIDATE Constraint State When a constraint is in the ENABLE, NOVALIDATE state, all subsequent statements are checked for conformity to the constraint. However, any existing data in the table is not checked. A table with ENABLE, NOVALIDATE constraints can contain invalid data, but it is not possible to add new invalid data to it. Constraints in the ENABLE, NOVALIDATE state is most useful in data warehouse configurations that are uploading valid OLTP data. Enabling a constraint does not require validation. Enabling a constraint novalidate is much faster than enabling and validating a constraint. Also, validating a constraint that is already enabled does not require any DML locks during validation (unlike validating a previously disabled constraint). Enforcement guarantees that no violations are introduced during the validation. Hence, enabling without validating reduces the downtime typically associated with enabling a constraint. Efficient Use of Integrity Constraints: A Procedure Using integrity constraint states in the following order can ensure the best benefits: Disable state. Perform the operation (load, export, import). ENABLE, NOVALIDATE state. Enable state. Some benefits of using constraints in this order are: No locks are held. All constraints can go to enable state concurrently. Constraint enabling is done in parallel. Concurrent activity on table is permitted. Setting Integrity Constraints Upon Definition When an integrity constraint is defined in a CREATE TABLE or ALTER TABLE statement, it can be enabled, disabled, or validated or not validated as determined by the specification of the ENABLE/DISABLE clause. If the ENABLE/DISABLE clause is not specified in a constraint definition, the database automatically enables and validates the constraint. Disabling Constraints Upon Definition The following CREATE TABLE and ALTER TABLE statements both define and disable integrity constraints: CREATE TABLE emp ( empno NUMBER(5) PRIMARY KEY DISABLE, . . . ; ALTER TABLE emp ADD PRIMARY KEY (empno) DISABLE; An ALTER TABLE statement that defines and disables an integrity constraint never fails because of rows in the table that violate the integrity constraint. The definition of the constraint is allowed because its rule is not enforced. Enabling Constraints Upon Definition The following CREATE TABLE and ALTER TABLE statements both define and enable integrity constraints: CREATE TABLE emp ( empno NUMBER(5) CONSTRAINT emp.pk PRIMARY KEY, . . . ; ALTER TABLE emp ADD CONSTRAINT emp.pk PRIMARY KEY (empno); An ALTER TABLE statement that defines and attempts to enable an integrity constraint can fail because rows of the table violate the integrity constraint. If this case, the statement is rolled back, and the constraint definition is not stored and not enabled. When enabling a UNIQUE or PRIMARY KEY constraint, an associated index is created.

Fix: F-22007r392032_fix

Modify database code to properly validate data before it is put into the database or acted upon by the database. Modify database to contain field definitions for each field in the database. Modify database to contain constraints on database columns and tables that require them for data validity. Review the application schemas implemented on the system. Check the DDL for the tables that are created for the applications to see if constraints have been enabled. - - - - - Enabling Constraints Upon Definition The following CREATE TABLE and ALTER TABLE statements both define and enable integrity constraints: CREATE TABLE emp ( empno NUMBER(5) CONSTRAINT emp.pk PRIMARY KEY, . . . ) ; ALTER TABLE emp ADD CONSTRAINT emp.pk PRIMARY KEY (empno); An ALTER TABLE statement that defines and attempts to enable an integrity constraint can fail because existing rows of the table violate the integrity constraint. In this case, the statement is rolled back, and the constraint definition is not stored and not enabled. When enabling a UNIQUE or PRIMARY KEY constraint, an associated index is created.

b
The DBMS must only generate error messages that provide information necessary for corrective actions without revealing organization-defined sensitive or potentially harmful information in error logs and administrative messages that could be exploited.
SI-11 - Medium - CCI-001312 - V-220301 - SV-220301r961167_rule
RMF Control
SI-11
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001312
Version
O121-C2-019900
Vuln IDs
  • V-220301
  • V-61791
Rule IDs
  • SV-220301r961167_rule
  • SV-76281
Any application providing too much information in error logs and in administrative messages to the screen risks compromising the data and security of the application and system. The structure and content of error messages needs to be carefully considered by the organization and development team. The extent to which the application is able to identify and handle error conditions is guided by organizational policy and operational requirements. Sensitive information includes account numbers, social security numbers, and credit card numbers. Databases can inadvertently provide a wealth of information to an attacker through improperly handled error messages. In addition to sensitive business or personal information, database errors can provide host names, IP addresses, user names, and other system information not required for troubleshooting but very useful to someone targeting the system. This calls for inspection of application source code, which will require collaboration with the application developers. It is recognized that in many cases, the database administrator (DBA) is organizationally separate from the application developers and may have limited, if any, access to source code. Nevertheless, protections of this type are so important to the secure operation of databases that they must not be ignored. At a minimum, the DBA must attempt to obtain assurances from the development organization that this issue has been addressed and must document what has been discovered.
Checks: C-22016r392034_chk

Check DBMS settings and custom database and application code to verify error messages do not contain information beyond what is needed for troubleshooting the issue. If database errors contain PII data, sensitive business data, or information useful for identifying the host system, this is a finding. Notes on Oracle's approach to this issue: Out of the box, Oracle covers this. For example, if a user does not have access to a table, the error is just that the table or view does not exist. The Oracle database is not going to display a Social Security Number in an error code unless an application is programmed to do so. Oracle applications will not expose the actual transactional data to a screen. The only way Oracle will capture this information is to enable specific logging levels. Custom code would require a review to ensure compliance.

Fix: F-22008r392035_fix

Configure DBMS and custom database and application code not to divulge sensitive information or information useful for system identification in error information.

b
The DBMS must restrict error messages so only authorized personnel may view them.
SI-11 - Medium - CCI-001314 - V-220302 - SV-220302r961170_rule
RMF Control
SI-11
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001314
Version
O121-C2-020000
Vuln IDs
  • V-220302
  • V-61793
Rule IDs
  • SV-220302r961170_rule
  • SV-76283
If the application provides too much information in error logs and administrative messages to the screen, this could lead to compromise. The structure and content of error messages need to be carefully considered by the organization and development team. The extent to which the information system is able to identify and handle error conditions is guided by organizational policy and operational requirements. Some default DBMS error messages can contain information that could aid an attacker in, among others things, identifying the database type, host address, or state of the database. Custom errors may contain sensitive customer information. It is important that error messages are displayed only to those who are authorized to view them. This calls for inspection of application source code, which will require collaboration with the application developers. It is recognized that in many cases, the database administrator (DBA) is organizationally separate from the application developers and may have limited, if any, access to source code. Nevertheless, protections of this type are so important to the secure operation of databases that they must not be ignored. At a minimum, the DBA must attempt to obtain assurances from the development organization that this issue has been addressed and must document what has been discovered.
Checks: C-22017r392037_chk

Check DBMS settings and custom database code to determine if error messages are ever displayed to unauthorized individuals: i) Review all end-user-facing applications that use the database, to determine whether they display any DBMS-generated error messages to general users. If they do, this is a finding. ii) Review whether the database is accessible to users who are not authorized system administrators or database administrators, via the following types of software: iia) Oracle SQL*Plus iib) Reporting and analysis tools iic) Database management and/or development tools, such as, but not limited to, Toad. iid) Application development tools, such as, but not limited to, Oracle JDeveloper, Microsoft Visual Studio, PowerBuilder, or Eclipse. If the answer to the preceding question (iia through iid) is Yes, inquire whether, for each role or individual with respect to each tool, this access is required to enable the user(s) to perform authorized job duties. If No, this is a finding. If Yes, continue: For each tool in use, determine whether it is capable of suppressing DBMS-generated error messages, and if it is, whether it is configured to do so. Determine whether the role or individual, with respect to each tool, needs to see detailed DBMS-generated error messages. If No, and if the tool is not configured to suppress such messages, this is a finding. If Yes, determine whether the role/user's need to see such messages is documented in the System Security Plan. If so, this is not a finding. If not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-22009r392038_fix

i) For each end-user-facing application that displays DBMS-generated error messages, configure or recode it to suppress these messages. If the application is coded in Oracle PL/SQL, the EXCEPTION block can be used to suppress or divert error messages. Most other programming languages provide comparable facilities, such as TRY ... CATCH. ii) For each unauthorized user of each tool, remove the ability to access it. For each tool where access to DBMS error messages is not required and can be configured, suppress the messages. For each role/user that needs access to the error messages, or needs a tool where the messages cannot be suppressed, document the need in the system security plan.

c
Applications must obscure feedback of authentication information during the authentication process to protect the information from possible exploitation/use by unauthorized individuals.
CM-6 - High - CCI-000366 - V-220303 - SV-220303r961047_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
High
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
O121-N1-015601
Vuln IDs
  • V-220303
  • V-61843
Rule IDs
  • SV-220303r961047_rule
  • SV-76333
To prevent the compromise of authentication information, such as passwords, during the authentication process, the feedback from the information system shall not provide any information that would allow an unauthorized user to compromise the authentication mechanism. Obfuscation of user-provided information when typed into the system is a method used in addressing this risk. For example, displaying asterisks when a user types in a password, is an example of obscuring feedback of authentication information. Database applications may allow for entry of the account name and password as a visible parameter of the application execution command. This practice should be prohibited and disabled to prevent shoulder surfing. This calls for inspection of application source code, which will require collaboration with the application developers. It is recognized that in many cases, the database administrator (DBA) is organizationally separate from the application developers and may have limited, if any, access to source code. Nevertheless, protections of this type are so important to the secure operation of databases that they must not be ignored. At a minimum, the DBA must attempt to obtain assurances from the development organization that this issue has been addressed and must document what has been discovered.
Checks: C-22018r392040_chk

Interview the DBA to determine if any applications that access the database allow for entry of the account name and password on the command line. If any do, determine whether these applications obfuscate authentication data. If they do not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-22010r392041_fix

Configure or modify applications to prohibit display of passwords in clear text on the command line.

c
When using command-line tools such as Oracle SQL*Plus, which can accept a plain-text password, users must use an alternative logon method that does not expose the password.
CM-6 - High - CCI-000366 - V-220304 - SV-220304r961047_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
High
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
O121-N1-015602
Vuln IDs
  • V-220304
  • V-61845
Rule IDs
  • SV-220304r961047_rule
  • SV-76335
The SRG states: "To prevent the compromise of authentication information, such as passwords, during the authentication process, the feedback from the information system shall not provide any information that would allow an unauthorized user to compromise the authentication mechanism." "Obfuscation of user-provided information when typed into the system is a method used in addressing this risk." "For example, displaying asterisks when a user types in a password, is an example of obscuring feedback of authentication information." "Database applications may allow for entry of the account name and password as a visible parameter of the application execution command. This practice should be prohibited and disabled to prevent shoulder surfing." SQL*Plus is an essential part of any Oracle installation. SQL*Plus cannot be configured not to accept a plain-text password. Since the typical SQL*Plus user is a database administrator, the consequences of password compromise are particularly serious. Therefore, the use of plain-text passwords must be prohibited, as a matter of practice and procedure. Transport Layer Security (TLS) is the successor protocol to Secure Sockets Layer (SSL). Although the Oracle configuration parameters have names including 'SSL', such as SSL_VERSION and SSL_CIPHER_SUITES, they refer to TLS.
Checks: C-22019r392043_chk

For Oracle SQL*Plus, which cannot be configured not to accept a plain-text password, and any other essential tool with the same limitation, verify that the system documentation explains the need for the tool, who uses it, and any relevant mitigations; and that AO approval has been obtained. If not, this is a finding. Request evidence that all users of the tool are trained in the importance of not using the plain-text password option and in how to keep the password hidden; and that they adhere to this practice. If not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-22011r392044_fix

"For Oracle SQL*Plus, which cannot be configured not to accept a plain-text password, and any other essential tool with the same limitation: 1) Document the need for it, who uses it, and any relevant mitigations, and obtain AO approval. 2) Train all users of the tool in the importance of not using the plain-text password option and in how to keep the password hidden. - - - - - Consider wrapping the startup command with a shell or wrapper and using an Oracle external password store. Oracle provides the capability to provide for a secure external password facility. Use the Oracle mkstore to create a secure storage area for passwords for applications, batch jobs, and scripts to use or deploy a site-authorized facility to perform this function. Check to see what has been stored in the Oracle External Password Store. To view all contents of a client wallet external password store, check specific credentials by viewing them. Listing the external password store contents provides information used to decide whether to add or delete credentials from the store. To list the contents of the external password store, enter the following command at the command line: $ mkstore -wrl wallet_location -listCredential For example: $ mkstore -wrl c:\oracle\product\12.1.0\db_1\wallets -listCredential The wallet_location specifies the path to the directory where the wallet, whose external password store contents is to be viewed, is located. This command lists all of the credential database service names (aliases) and the corresponding user name (schema) for that database. Passwords are not listed. Configuring Clients to Use the External Password Store If the client is already configured to use external authentication, such as Windows native authentication or Transport Layer Security (TLS), then Oracle Database uses that authentication method. The same credentials used for this type of authentication are typically also used to log on to the database. For clients not using such authentication methods or wanting to override them for database authentication, set the SQLNET.WALLET_OVERRIDE parameter in sqlnet.ora to TRUE. The default value for SQLNET.WALLET_OVERRIDE is FALSE, allowing standard use of authentication credentials as before. If wanting a client to use the secure external password store feature, then perform the following configuration task: 1. Create a wallet on the client by using the following syntax at the command line: orapki create -wallet wallet_location -auto_login_local For example: orapki wallet create -wallet c:\oracle\product\12.1.0\db_1\wallets -auto_login_local Enter password: password The wallet_location is the path to the directory where the wallet is to be created and stored. This command creates an Oracle wallet with the autologon feature enabled at the location specified. The autologon feature enables the client to access the wallet contents without supplying a password. The mkstore utility -create option uses password complexity verification. 2. Create database connection credentials in the wallet by using the following syntax at the command line: mkstore -wrl wallet_location -createCredential db_connect_string username Enter password: password For example: mkstore -wrl c:\oracle\product\12.1.0\db_1\wallets -createCredential oracle system Enter password: password In this specification: The wallet_location is the path to the directory where the wallet was created. The db_connect_string used in the CONNECT /@db_connect_string statement must be identical to the db_connect_string specified in the -createCredential command. The db_connect_string is the TNS alias used to specify the database in the tnsnames.ora file or any service name used to identify the database on an Oracle network. By default, tnsnames.ora is located in the $ORACLE_HOME/network/admin directory on UNIX systems and in ORACLE_HOME\network\admin on Windows. The username is the database logon credential. When prompted, enter the password for this user. 3. In the client sqlnet.ora file, enter the WALLET_LOCATION parameter and set it to the directory location of the wallet created in Step 1. For example, if the wallet was created in $ORACLE_HOME/network/admin and the Oracle home is set to /private/ora12, then need to enter the following into the client sqlnet.ora file: WALLET_LOCATION = (SOURCE = (METHOD = FILE) (METHOD_DATA = (DIRECTORY = /private/ora12/network/admin) ) ) 4. In the client sqlnet.ora file, enter the SQLNET.WALLET_OVERRIDE parameter and set it to TRUE as follows: SQLNET.WALLET_OVERRIDE = TRUE This setting causes all CONNECT /@db_connect_string statements to use the information in the wallet at the specified location to authenticate to databases. When external authentication is in use, an authenticated user with such a wallet can use the CONNECT /@db_connect_string syntax to access the previously specified databases without providing a user name and password. However, if a user fails that external authentication, then these connect statements also fail. Below is a sample sqlnet.ora file with the WALLET_LOCATION and the SQLNET.WALLET_OVERRIDE parameters set as described in Steps 3 and 4. Below is a sample SQLNET.ORA File with Wallet Parameters Set WALLET_LOCATION = (SOURCE = (METHOD = FILE) (METHOD_DATA = (DIRECTORY = /private/ora12/network/admin) ) ) SQLNET.WALLET_OVERRIDE = TRUE SSL_CLIENT_AUTHENTICATION = FALSE SSL_VERSION =1.2 (Note: This assumes that a single sqlnet.ora file, in the default location, is in use. Please see the supplemental file "Non-default sqlnet.ora configurations.pdf" for how to find multiple and/or differently located sqlnet.ora files.)

b
The DBMS must allocate audit record storage capacity in accordance with organization-defined audit record storage requirements.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-220305 - SV-220305r960915_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
O121-N2-008601
Vuln IDs
  • V-220305
  • V-61853
Rule IDs
  • SV-220305r960915_rule
  • SV-76343
In order to ensure sufficient storage capacity for the audit logs, the DBMS must be able to allocate audit record storage capacity. Although another requirement (SRG-APP-000515-DB-000318) mandates audit data be off-loaded to a centralized log management system, it remains necessary to provide space on the database server to serve as a buffer against outages and capacity limits of the off-loading mechanism. The task of allocating audit record storage capacity is usually performed during initial installation of the DBMS and is closely associated with the DBA and system administrator roles. The DBA or system administrator will usually coordinate the allocation of physical drive space with the application owner/installer and the application will prompt the installer to provide the capacity information, the physical location of the disk, or both. In determining the capacity requirements, consider such factors as: total number of users; expected number of concurrent users during busy periods; number and type of events being monitored; types and amounts of data being captured; the frequency/speed with which audit records are off-loaded to the central log management system; and any limitations that exist on the DBMS's ability to reuse the space formerly occupied by off-loaded records.
Checks: C-22020r533178_chk

Review the DBMS settings to determine whether audit logging is configured to produce logs consistent with the amount of space allocated for logging. If auditing will generate excessive logs so that they may outgrow the space reserved for logging, this is a finding. If file-based auditing is in use, check that sufficient space is available to support the file(s). If not, this is a finding. If standard, table-based auditing is used, the audit logs are written to a table called AUD$; and if a Virtual Private Database is deployed, a table is created called FGA_LOG$. First, check the current location of the audit trail tables. CONN / AS SYSDBA SELECT table_name, tablespace_name FROM dba_tables WHERE table_name IN ('AUD$', 'FGA_LOG$') ORDER BY table_name; TABLE_NAME TABLESPACE_NAME ------------------------------ ------------------------------ AUD$ SYSTEM FGA_LOG$ SYSTEM If the tablespace name is SYSTEM, the table needs to be relocated to its own tablespace. Ensure that adequate space is allocated to that tablespace. If Unified Auditing is used: Audit logs are written to tables in the AUDSYS schema. The default tablespace for AUDSYS is USERS. A separate tablespace should be created to contain audit data. Ensure that adequate space is allocated to that tablespace. Investigate whether there have been any incidents where the DBMS ran out of audit log space since the last time the space was allocated or other corrective measures were taken. If there have been, this is a finding.

Fix: F-22012r533179_fix

Allocate sufficient audit file/table space to support peak demand. Ensure that audit tables are in their own tablespaces and that the tablespaces have enough room for the volume of log data that will be produced.

b
Database software, applications, and configuration files must be monitored to discover unauthorized changes.
CM-5 - Medium - CCI-001499 - V-220306 - SV-220306r960960_rule
RMF Control
CM-5
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001499
Version
O121-OS-010700
Vuln IDs
  • V-220306
  • V-61867
Rule IDs
  • SV-220306r960960_rule
  • SV-76357
Any changes to the hardware, software, and/or firmware components of the information system and/or application can potentially have significant effects on the overall security of the system. If the system were to allow any user to make changes to software libraries, then those changes might be implemented without undergoing the appropriate testing and approvals that are part of a robust change management process. Accordingly, only qualified and authorized individuals shall be allowed to obtain access to information system components for purposes of initiating changes, including upgrades and modifications. Unmanaged changes that occur to the database software libraries or configuration can lead to unauthorized or compromised installations.
Checks: C-22021r392049_chk

Review monitoring procedures and implementation evidence to verify that monitoring of changes to database software libraries, related applications, and configuration files is done. Verify that the list of files and directories being monitored is complete. If monitoring does not occur or is not complete, this is a finding.

Fix: F-22013r392050_fix

Implement procedures to monitor for unauthorized changes to DBMS software libraries, related software application libraries, and configuration files. If a third-party automated tool is not employed, an automated job that reports file information on the directories and files of interest and compares them to the baseline report for the same will meet the requirement. File hashes or checksums should be used for comparisons since file dates may be manipulated by malicious users.

b
Logic modules within the database (to include packages, procedures, functions and triggers) must be monitored to discover unauthorized changes.
CM-5 - Medium - CCI-001499 - V-220307 - SV-220307r960960_rule
RMF Control
CM-5
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001499
Version
O121-OS-010710
Vuln IDs
  • V-220307
  • V-68863
Rule IDs
  • SV-220307r960960_rule
  • SV-83467
Any changes to the hardware, software, and/or firmware components of the information system and/or application can potentially have significant effects on the overall security of the system. This includes the logic modules implemented within the database, such as packages, procedures, functions and triggers. If the DBMS were to allow any user to make changes to these, then those changes might be implemented without undergoing the appropriate testing and approvals that are part of a robust change management process. Accordingly, only qualified and authorized individuals shall be allowed to obtain access to information system components for purposes of initiating changes, including upgrades and modifications. Unmanaged changes that occur to the database logic modules can lead to unauthorized or compromised installations.
Checks: C-22022r392052_chk

Review monitoring procedures and implementation evidence to verify that monitoring of changes to database logic modules is done. Verify the list of objects (packages, procedures, functions, and triggers) being monitored is complete. If monitoring does not occur or is not complete, this is a finding.

Fix: F-22014r392053_fix

Implement procedures to monitor for unauthorized changes to database logic modules. If a third-party automated tool is not employed, an automated job that reports on the objects of interest and compares them to the baseline report for the same will meet the requirement.

c
The DBMS software installation account must be restricted to authorized users.
CM-5 - High - CCI-001499 - V-220308 - SV-220308r960960_rule
RMF Control
CM-5
Severity
High
CCI
CCI-001499
Version
O121-P2-010800
Vuln IDs
  • V-220308
  • V-61873
Rule IDs
  • SV-220308r960960_rule
  • SV-76363
When dealing with change control issues, it should be noted, any changes to the hardware, software, and/or firmware components of the information system and/or application can potentially have significant effects on the overall security of the system. If the application were to allow any user to make changes to software libraries, then those changes might be implemented without undergoing the appropriate testing and approvals that are part of a robust change management process. This requirement is contingent upon the language in which the application is programmed, as many application architectures in use today incorporate their software libraries into, and make them inseparable from, their compiled distributions, rendering them static and version-dependent. However, this requirement does apply to applications with software libraries accessible and configurable, as in the case of interpreted languages. Accordingly, only qualified and authorized individuals shall be allowed to obtain access to information system components for purposes of initiating changes, including upgrades and modifications. DBA and other privileged administrative or application owner accounts are granted privileges that allow actions that can have a greater impact on database security and operation. It is especially important to grant access to privileged accounts to only those persons who are qualified and authorized to use them. This requirement is particularly important because Oracle equates the installation account with the SYS account - the super-DBA. Once logged on to the operating system, this account can connect to the database AS SYSDBA without further authentication. It is very powerful and, by virtue of not being linked to any one person, cannot be audited to the level of the individual.
Checks: C-22023r392055_chk

Review procedures for controlling and granting access to use of the DBMS software installation account. If access or use of this account is not restricted to the minimum number of personnel required, or if unauthorized access to the account has been granted, this is a finding.

Fix: F-22015r392056_fix

Develop, document, and implement procedures to restrict use of the DBMS software installation account.

b
Database software directories, including DBMS configuration files, must be stored in dedicated directories, or DASD pools, separate from the host OS and other applications.
CM-5 - Medium - CCI-001499 - V-220309 - SV-220309r960960_rule
RMF Control
CM-5
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001499
Version
O121-P2-010900
Vuln IDs
  • V-220309
  • V-61875
Rule IDs
  • SV-220309r960960_rule
  • SV-76365
When dealing with change control issues, it should be noted, any changes to the hardware, software, and/or firmware components of the information system and/or application can potentially have significant effects on the overall security of the system. Multiple applications can provide a cumulative negative effect. A vulnerability and subsequent exploit to one application can lead to an exploit of other applications sharing the same security context. For example, an exploit to a web server process that leads to unauthorized administrative access to host system directories can most likely lead to a compromise of all applications hosted by the same system. Database software not installed using dedicated directories both threatens and is threatened by other hosted applications. Access controls defined for one application may by default provide access to the other application's database objects or directories. Any method that provides any level of separation of security context assists in the protection between applications.
Checks: C-22024r392058_chk

Review the DBMS software library directory and note other root directories located on the same disk directory or any subdirectories. If any non-DBMS software directories exist on the disk directory, examine or investigate their use. If any of the directories are used by other applications, including third-party applications that use the DBMS, this is a finding. Only applications that are required for the functioning and administration, not use, of the DBMS should be located on the same disk directory as the DBMS software libraries. For databases located on mainframes, confirm that the database and its configuration files are isolated in their own DASD pools. If database software and database configuration files share DASD with other applications, this is a finding.

Fix: F-22016r392059_fix

Install all applications on directories, or pools, separate from the DBMS software library directory. Re-locate any directories or re-install other application software that currently shares the DBMS software library directory to separate directories. For mainframe-based databases, locate database software and configuration files in separate DASD pools from other mainframe applications.

b
The DBMS must uniquely identify and authenticate organizational users (or processes acting on behalf of organizational users).
IA-2 - Medium - CCI-000764 - V-220310 - SV-220310r960969_rule
RMF Control
IA-2
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000764
Version
O121-P2-012800
Vuln IDs
  • V-220310
  • V-61879
Rule IDs
  • SV-220310r960969_rule
  • SV-76369
To assure accountability and prevent unauthorized access, organizational users shall be identified and authenticated. Organizational users include organizational employees or individuals the organization deems to have equivalent status of employees (e.g., contractors, guest researchers, individuals from allied nations). Users (and any processes acting on behalf of users) are uniquely identified and authenticated for all accesses other than those accesses explicitly identified and documented by the organization which outlines specific user actions that can be performed on the information system without identification or authentication.
Checks: C-22025r392061_chk

Review DBMS settings, OS settings, and/or enterprise-level authentication/access mechanism settings, and site practices, to determine whether organizational users are uniquely identified and authenticated when logging on to the system. If organizational users are not uniquely identified and authenticated, this is a finding.

Fix: F-22017r392062_fix

Configure DBMS, OS and/or enterprise-level authentication/access mechanism to uniquely identify and authenticate all organizational users who log on to the system. Ensure that each user has a separate account from all other users.

b
The DBMS must uniquely identify and authenticate non-organizational users (or processes acting on behalf of non-organizational users).
IA-8 - Medium - CCI-000804 - V-220311 - SV-220311r961053_rule
RMF Control
IA-8
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000804
Version
O121-P2-015800
Vuln IDs
  • V-220311
  • V-61881
Rule IDs
  • SV-220311r961053_rule
  • SV-76371
Non-organizational users include all information system users other than organizational users which include organizational employees or individuals the organization deems to have equivalent status of employees (e.g., contractors, guest researchers, individuals from allied nations). Non-organizational users shall be uniquely identified and authenticated for all accesses other than those accesses explicitly identified and documented by the organization when related to the use of anonymous access, such as accessing a web server. Accordingly, a risk assessment is used in determining the authentication needs of the organization. Scalability, practicality, and security are simultaneously considered in balancing the need to ensure ease of use for access to federal information and information systems with the need to protect and adequately mitigate risk to organizational operations, organizational assets, individuals, other organizations, and the Nation.
Checks: C-22026r392064_chk

Review DBMS settings to determine whether non-organizational users are uniquely identified and authenticated when logging onto the system. If non-organizational users are not uniquely identified and authenticated, this is a finding.

Fix: F-22018r392065_fix

Configure DBMS settings to uniquely identify and authenticate all non-organizational users who log onto the system.

b
The DBMS must separate user functionality (including user interface services) from database management functionality.
SC-2 - Medium - CCI-001082 - V-220312 - SV-220312r961095_rule
RMF Control
SC-2
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001082
Version
O121-P2-017300
Vuln IDs
  • V-220312
  • V-61883
Rule IDs
  • SV-220312r961095_rule
  • SV-76373
Information system management functionality includes functions necessary to administer databases, network components, workstations, or servers, and typically requires privileged user access. The separation of user functionality from information system management functionality is either physical or logical and is accomplished by using different computers, different central processing units, different instances of the operating system, different network addresses, combinations of these methods, or other methods, as appropriate. An example of this type of separation is observed in web administrative interfaces that use separate authentication methods for users of any other information system resources. This may include isolating the administrative interface on a different domain and with additional access controls. If administrative functionality or information regarding DBMS management is presented on an interface available for users, information on DBMS settings may be inadvertently made available to the user.
Checks: C-22027r392067_chk

Check DBMS settings and vendor documentation to verify administrative functionality is separate from user functionality. If administrator and general user functionality is not separated either physically or logically, this is a finding.

Fix: F-22019r392068_fix

Configure DBMS settings to separate database administration and general user functionality. Provide those who have both administrative and general-user responsibilities with separate accounts for these separate functions.

a
The DBMS must protect against an individual who uses a shared account falsely denying having performed a particular action.
AU-10 - Low - CCI-000166 - V-220313 - SV-220313r960864_rule
RMF Control
AU-10
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000166
Version
O121-P3-006200
Vuln IDs
  • V-220313
  • V-61887
Rule IDs
  • SV-220313r960864_rule
  • SV-76377
Non-repudiation of actions taken is required in order to maintain application integrity. Examples of particular actions taken by individuals include creating information, sending a message, approving information (e.g., indicating concurrence or signing a contract), and receiving a message. Non-repudiation protects individuals against later claims by an author of not having authored a particular document, a sender of not having transmitted a message, a receiver of not having received a message, or a signatory of not having signed a document. Authentication via shared accounts does not provide individual accountability for actions taken on the DBMS or data. Whenever a single database account is used to connect to the database, a secondary authentication method that provides individual accountability is required. This scenario most frequently occurs when an externally hosted application authenticates individual users to the application and the application uses a single account to retrieve or update database information on behalf of the individual users. When shared accounts are utilized without another means of identifying individual users, users may deny having performed a particular action. This calls for inspection of application source code, which will require collaboration with the application developers. It is recognized that in many cases, the database administrator (DBA) is organizationally separate from the application developers and may have limited, if any, access to source code. Nevertheless, protections of this type are so important to the secure operation of databases that they must not be ignored. At a minimum, the DBA must attempt to obtain assurances from the development organization that this issue has been addressed and must document what has been discovered.
Checks: C-22028r836913_chk

If there are no shared accounts available to more than one user, this is not a finding. If a shared account is used by an application to interact with the database, review the System Security Plan, the tables in the database, and the application source code/documentation to determine whether the application captures the individual user's identity and stores that identity along with all data inserted and updated (also with all records of reads and/or deletions, if these are required to be logged). If there are gaps in the application's ability to do this, and the gaps and the risk are not defined in the system documentation and accepted by the AO, this is a finding. If users are sharing a group account to log on to Oracle tools or third-party products that access the database, this is a finding. If Standard Auditing is used: To ensure that user activities other than SELECT, INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE are also monitored and attributed to individuals, verify that Oracle auditing is enabled. To see if Oracle is configured to capture audit data, enter the following SQL*Plus command: SHOW PARAMETER AUDIT_TRAIL or the following SQL query: SELECT * FROM SYS.V$PARAMETER WHERE NAME = 'audit_trail'; If Oracle returns the value "NONE", this is a finding. If Unified Auditing is used: To ensure that user activities other than SELECT, INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE are also monitored and attributed to individuals, verify that Oracle auditing is enabled. To see if Oracle is configured to capture audit data, enter the following SQL*Plus command: SELECT * FROM V$OPTION WHERE PARAMETER = 'Unified Auditing'; If Oracle returns a value something other than "TRUE", this is a finding.

Fix: F-22020r392071_fix

Use accounts assigned to individual users where feasible. Configure DBMS to provide individual accountability at the DBMS level, and in audit logs, for actions performed under a shared database account. Modify applications and data tables that are not capturing individual user identity to do so. Create and enforce the use of individual user IDs for logging on to Oracle tools and third-party products. If Oracle auditing is not already enabled, enable it. If Standard Auditing is used: If Oracle (or third-party) auditing is not already enabled, enable it. For Oracle auditing, use this query: ALTER SYSTEM SET AUDIT_TRAIL=<audit trail type> SCOPE=SPFILE; Audit trail type can be 'OS', 'DB', 'DB,EXTENDED', 'XML' or 'XML,EXTENDED'. After executing this statement, it may be necessary to shut down and restart the Oracle database. If Unified Auditing is used: Link the oracle binary with uniaud_on, and then restart the database. Oracle Database Upgrade Guide describes how to enable unified auditing. For more information on the configuration of auditing, refer to the following documents: "Auditing Database Activity" in the Oracle Database 2 Day + Security Guide: http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/TDPSG/tdpsg_auditing.htm#TDPSG50000 "Monitoring Database Activity with Auditing" in the Oracle Database Security Guide: http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/DBSEG/part_6.htm#CCHEHCGI "DBMS_AUDIT_MGMT" in the Oracle Database PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference: http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/ARPLS/d_audit_mgmt.htm#ARPLS241 Oracle Database Upgrade Guide: http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/UPGRD/afterup.htm#UPGRD52810 If the site-specific audit requirements are not covered by the default audit options, deploy and configure Fine-Grained Auditing. For details, refer to Oracle documentation at the locations above. If this level of auditing does not meet site-specific requirements, consider deploying the Oracle Audit Vault. The Audit Vault is a highly configurable option from Oracle made specifically for performing the audit functions. It has reporting capabilities as well as user-defined rules that provide additional flexibility for complex auditing requirements.

c
DBA OS accounts must be granted only those host system privileges necessary for the administration of the DBMS.
CM-6 - High - CCI-000366 - V-237696 - SV-237696r961863_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
High
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
O121-C1-004500
Vuln IDs
  • V-237696
  • V-61537
Rule IDs
  • SV-237696r961863_rule
  • SV-76027
This requirement is intended to limit exposure due to operating from within a privileged account or role. The inclusion of role is intended to address those situations where an access control policy, such as Role Based Access Control (RBAC), is being implemented and where a change of role provides the same degree of assurance in the change of access authorizations for both the user and all processes acting on behalf of the user as would be provided by a change between a privileged and non-privileged account. DBAs, if assigned excessive OS privileges, could perform actions that could endanger the information system or hide evidence of malicious activity.
Checks: C-40915r667118_chk

Review host system privileges assigned to the Oracle DBA group and all individual Oracle DBA accounts. Note: do not include the Oracle software installation account in any results for this check. For UNIX systems (as root): cat /etc/group | grep -i dba groups root If "root" is returned in the first list, this is a finding. If any accounts listed in the first list are also listed in the second list, this is a finding. Investigate any user account group memberships other than DBA or root groups that are returned by the following command (also as root): groups [dba user account] Replace [dba user account] with the user account name of each DBA account. If individual DBA accounts are assigned to groups that grant access or privileges for purposes other than DBA responsibilities, this is a finding. For Windows Systems (click or select): Start / Settings / Control Panel / Administrative Tools / Computer Management / Local Users and Groups / Groups / ORA_DBA Start / Settings / Control Panel / Administrative Tools / Computer Management / Local Users and Groups / Groups / ORA_[SID]_DBA (if present) Note: Users assigned DBA privileges on a Windows host are granted membership in the ORA_DBA and/or ORA_[SID]_DBA groups. The ORA_DBA group grants DBA privileges to any database on the system. The ORA_[SID]_DBA groups grant DBA privileges to specific Oracle instances only. Make a note of each user listed. For each user (click or select): Start / Settings / Control Panel / Administrative Tools / Computer Management / Local Users and Groups / Users / [DBA user name] / Member of If DBA users belong to any groups other than DBA groups and the Windows Users group, this is a finding. Examine User Rights assigned to DBA groups or group members: Start / Settings / Control Panel / Administrative Tools / Local Security Policy / Security Settings / Local Policies / User Rights Assignments If any User Rights are assigned directly to the DBA group(s) or DBA user accounts, this is a finding.

Fix: F-40878r667119_fix

Revoke all host system privileges from the DBA group accounts and DBA user accounts not required for DBMS administration. Revoke all OS group memberships that assign excessive privileges to the DBA group accounts and DBA user accounts. Remove any directly applied permissions or user rights from the DBA group accounts and DBA user accounts. Document all DBA group accounts and individual DBA account-assigned privileges in the System Security Plan.

c
Oracle software must be evaluated and patched against newly found vulnerabilities.
CM-5 - High - CCI-001499 - V-237697 - SV-237697r1001008_rule
RMF Control
CM-5
Severity
High
CCI
CCI-001499
Version
O121-C1-011100
Vuln IDs
  • V-237697
  • V-61539
Rule IDs
  • SV-237697r1001008_rule
  • SV-76029
Security faults with software applications and operating systems are discovered daily. Vendors are constantly updating and patching their products to address newly discovered security vulnerabilities. Organizations (including any contractor to the organization) are required to promptly install security-relevant software updates (e.g., patches, service packs, and hot fixes). Flaws discovered during security assessments, continuous monitoring, incident response activities, or information system error handling, must also be addressed expeditiously. Anytime new software code is introduced to a system there is the potential for unintended consequences. There have been documented instances where the application of a patch has caused problems with system integrity or availability. Due to information system integrity and availability concerns, organizations must give careful consideration to the methodology used to carry out automatic updates. Unsupported software versions are not patched by vendors to address newly discovered security versions. An unpatched version is vulnerable to attack.
Checks: C-40916r667121_chk

When the Quarterly CPU is released, check the CPU Notice and note the specific patch number for the system. Then, issue the following command: SELECT patch_id, version, action, status, description from dba_registry_sqlpatch; This will generate the patch levels for the home and any specific patches that have been applied to it. If the currently installed patch levels are lower than the latest, this is a finding.

Fix: F-40879r667122_fix

Follow the process below to apply the security patch. Log on to My Oracle Support. Select patches and download the specific patch number and corresponding MD5 checksum. Once the patch is downloaded to the server, check the MD5 checksum to make sure the patch is valid. To check the MD5 Checksum in Linux/UNIX, the command is: $md5sum absolute_path_of_file_name - file_name is the complete location of the downloaded file. $md5sum /home/oracle/test.zip a34d8cd98f00cf24e9800998ecf823e4 /home/oracle/test.zip Once the checksum is validated, apply the patch: $ cd $ORACLE_HOME $ opatch apply Check that the patch was applied and the inventory was updated with the following command (UNIX/Linux): $ opatch lsinventory -detail Windows: > opatch lsinventory –detail

c
DBMS default accounts must be assigned custom passwords.
CM-6 - High - CCI-000366 - V-237698 - SV-237698r961863_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
High
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
O121-C1-015000
Vuln IDs
  • V-237698
  • V-61541
Rule IDs
  • SV-237698r961863_rule
  • SV-76031
Password maximum lifetime is the maximum period of time, (typically in days) a user's password may be in effect before the user is forced to change it. Passwords need to be changed at specific policy-based intervals as per policy. Any password, no matter how complex, can eventually be cracked. One method of minimizing this risk is to use complex passwords and periodically change them. If the application does not limit the lifetime of passwords and force users to change their passwords, there is the risk that the system and/or application passwords could be compromised. DBMS default passwords provide a commonly known and exploited means for unauthorized access to database installations.
Checks: C-40917r667124_chk

Use this query to identify the Oracle-supplied accounts that still have their default passwords: SELECT * FROM SYS.DBA_USERS_WITH_DEFPWD; If any accounts other than XS$NULL are listed, this is a finding. (XS$NULL is an internal account that represents the absence of a user in a session. Because XS$NULL is not a user, this account can only be accessed by the Oracle Database instance. XS$NULL has no privileges and no one can authenticate as XS$NULL, nor can authentication credentials ever be assigned to XS$NULL.)

Fix: F-40880r667125_fix

Change passwords for DBMS accounts to non-default values. Where necessary, unlock or enable accounts to change the password, and then return the account to disabled or locked status.

c
The DBMS must employ cryptographic mechanisms preventing the unauthorized disclosure of information during transmission unless the transmitted data is otherwise protected by alternative physical measures.
SC-8 - High - CCI-002421 - V-237699 - SV-237699r961638_rule
RMF Control
SC-8
Severity
High
CCI
CCI-002421
Version
O121-C1-019700
Vuln IDs
  • V-237699
  • V-61545
Rule IDs
  • SV-237699r961638_rule
  • SV-76035
Preventing the disclosure of transmitted information requires that applications take measures to employ some form of cryptographic mechanism in order to protect the information during transmission. This is usually achieved through the use of Transport Layer Security (TLS), SSL VPN, or IPSEC tunnel. Alternative physical protection measures include Protected Distribution Systems (PDS). PDS are used to transmit unencrypted classified NSI through an area of lesser classification or control. Inasmuch as the classified NSI is unencrypted, the PDS must provide adequate electrical, electromagnetic, and physical safeguards to deter exploitation. Refer to NSTSSI No. 7003 for additional details on a PDS. Information in transmission is particularly vulnerable to attack. If the DBMS does not employ cryptographic mechanisms preventing unauthorized disclosure of information during transit, the information may be compromised. SHA-1 is in the process of being removed from service within the DoD and it's use is to be limited during the transition to SHA-2. Use of SHA-1 for digital signature generation is prohibited. Allowable uses during the transition include CHECKSUM usage and verification of legacy certificate signatures. SHA-1 is considered a temporary solution during legacy application transitionary periods and should not be engineered into new applications. SHA-2 is the path forward for DoD.
Checks: C-40918r667127_chk

Check DBMS settings to determine whether cryptographic mechanisms are used to prevent the unauthorized disclosure of information during transmission. Determine whether physical measures are being used instead of cryptographic mechanisms. If neither cryptographic nor physical measures are being utilized, this is a finding. To check that network encryption is enabled and using site-specified encryption procedures, look in SQLNET.ORA located at $ORACLE_HOME/network/admin/sqlnet.ora. (Note: This assumes that a single sqlnet.ora file, in the default location, is in use. Please see the supplemental file "Non-default sqlnet.ora configurations.pdf" for how to find multiple and/or differently located sqlnet.ora files.) If encryption is set, entries like the following will be present: SQLNET.CRYPTO_CHECKSUM_TYPES_CLIENT= (SHA384) SQLNET.CRYPTO_CHECKSUM_TYPES_SERVER= (SHA384) SQLNET.ENCRYPTION_TYPES_CLIENT= (AES256) SQLNET.ENCRYPTION_TYPES_SERVER= (AES256) SQLNET.CRYPTO_CHECKSUM_CLIENT = requested SQLNET.CRYPTO_CHECKSUM_SERVER = required (The values assigned to the parameters may be different, the combination of parameters may be different, and not all of the example parameters will necessarily exist in the file.)

Fix: F-40881r667128_fix

Configure DBMS and/or operating system to use cryptographic mechanisms to prevent unauthorized disclosure of information during transmission where physical measures are not being utilized.

b
The DBMS must support the disabling of network protocols deemed by the organization to be nonsecure.
CM-7 - Medium - CCI-000382 - V-237700 - SV-237700r960966_rule
RMF Control
CM-7
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000382
Version
O121-C2-001700
Vuln IDs
  • V-237700
  • V-61555
Rule IDs
  • SV-237700r960966_rule
  • SV-76045
This requirement is related to remote access, but more specifically to the networking protocols allowing systems to communicate. Remote access is any access to an organizational information system by a user (or an information system) communicating through an external, non-organization controlled network (e.g., the internet). Examples of remote access methods include dial-up, broadband, and wireless. Some networking protocols allowing remote access may not meet security requirements to protect data and components. Bluetooth and peer-to-peer networking are examples of less than secure networking protocols. The DoD Ports, Protocols, and Services Management (PPSM) program provides implementation guidance on the use of IP protocols and application and data services traversing the DoD Networks in a manner supporting net-centric operations. Applications implementing or utilizing remote access network protocols need to ensure the application is developed and implemented in accordance with the PPSM requirements. In situations where it has been determined that specific operational requirements outweigh the risks of enabling an insecure network protocol, the organization may pursue a risk acceptance. Using protocols deemed nonsecure would compromise the ability of the DBMS to operate in a secure fashion. The database must be able to disable network protocols deemed nonsecure.
Checks: C-40919r822484_chk

Review the PPSM Technical Assurance List to acquire an up-to-date list of network protocols deemed nonsecure. (For definitive information on Ports, Protocols, and Services Management (PPSM), refer to https://cyber.mil/ppsm/) Review DBMS settings to determine if the database is utilizing any network protocols deemed nonsecure. If the DBMS is not using any network protocols deemed nonsecure, this is not a finding. If the database is utilizing protocols specified as nonsecure in the PPSM, verify the protocols are explicitly identified in the System Security Plan (SSP) and that they are in support of specific operational requirements. If they are not identified in the SSP or are not supporting specific operational requirements, this is a finding. If nonsecure network protocols are not being used but are not disabled in the DBMS's configuration, this is a finding. After determining the site-specific operational requirements and the protocols explicitly defined in the SSP, check the $TNS_ADMIN setting for the location of the Oracle listener.ora file. The listener.ora file is a configuration file for Oracle Net Listener that identifies the following: A unique name for the listener, typically LISTENER A protocol address that it is accepting connection requests on, and A service it is listening for. If the listener.ora file shows a PROTOCOL= statement and the PROTOCOL is deemed nonsecure, that is a finding. LISTENER= (DESCRIPTION= (ADDRESS_LIST= (ADDRESS=(PROTOCOL=tcp)(HOST=sale-server)(PORT=1521)) (ADDRESS=(PROTOCOL=ipc)(KEY=extproc)))) SID_LIST_LISTENER= (SID_LIST= (SID_DESC= (GLOBAL_DBNAME=sales.us.example.com) (ORACLE_HOME=/oracle12c) (SID_NAME=sales)) (SID_DESC= (SID_NAME=plsextproc) (ORACLE_HOME=/oracle12c) (PROGRAM=extproc))) Protocol Parameters The Oracle Listener and the Oracle Connection Manager are identified by protocol addresses. The information below contains the "Protocol-Specific Parameters" used by the Oracle protocol support. Protocol-Specific Parameters Protocol: IPC Parameter: PROTOCOL Notes: Specify ipc as the value. Protocol: IPC Parameter: KEY Notes: Specify a unique name for the service. Oracle recommends using the service name or SID of the service. Example: (PROTOCOL=ipc)(KEY=sales) Protocol: Named Pipes Parameter: PROTOCOL Notes: Specify nmp as the value. Protocol: Named Pipes Parameter: SERVER Notes: Specify the name of the Oracle server. Protocol: Named Pipes Parameter: PIPE Notes: Specify the pipe name used to connect to the database server. This is the same PIPE keyword specified on the server with Named Pipes. This name can be any name. Example: (Protocol=nmp) (SERVER=USDOD) (PIPE=dbpipe01) Protocol: SDP Parameter: PROTOCOL Notes: Specify sdp as the value. Protocol: SDP Parameter: HOST Notes: Specify the host name or IP address of the computer. Protocol: SDP Parameter: PORT Notes: Specify the listening port number. Example: (PROTOCOL=sdp)(HOST=sales-server)(PORT=1521) (PROTOCOL=sdp)(HOST=192.168.2.204)(PORT=1521) Protocol: TCP/IP Parameter: PROTOCOL Notes: Specify TCP as the value. Protocol: TCP/IP Parameter: HOST Notes: Specify the host name or IP address of the computer. Protocol: TCP/IP Parameter: PORT Notes: Specify the listening port number. Example: (PROTOCOL=tcp)(HOST=sales-server)(PORT=1521) (PROTOCOL=tcp)(HOST=192.168.2.204)(PORT=1521) Protocol: TCP/IP with TLS Parameter: PROTOCOL Notes: Specify tcps as the value. Protocol: TCP/IP with TLS Parameter: HOST Notes: Specify the host name or IP address of the computer. Protocol: TCP/IP with TLS Parameter: PORT Notes: Specify the listening port number. Example:(PROTOCOL=tcps)(HOST=sales-server) (PORT=2484) (PROTOCOL=tcps)(HOST=192.168.2.204)(PORT=2484)

Fix: F-40882r822485_fix

Disable any network protocol listed as nonsecure in the PPSM documentation. To disable the protocol deemed not secure, stop the listener by issuing the following command as the Oracle Software owner, typically Oracle: $ lsnrctl stop This will stop the listener. Edit the LISTENER.ORA file and remove the protocols deemed not secure and restart the listener. For example, if TCP was deemed as not secure, the listener.ora would need to be changed and the tcp entry would need to be removed. That would only allow the listener to listen for an IPC connection. LISTENER= (DESCRIPTION= (ADDRESS_LIST= (ADDRESS=(PROTOCOL=tcp)(HOST=sale-server)(PORT=1521)) - remove this line and properly balance the parentheses - (ADDRESS=(PROTOCOL=ipc)(KEY=extproc)))) SID_LIST_LISTENER= (SID_LIST= (SID_DESC= (GLOBAL_DBNAME=sales.us.example.com) (ORACLE_HOME=/oracle12c) (SID_NAME=sales)) (SID_DESC= (SID_NAME=plsextproc) (ORACLE_HOME=/oracle12c) (PROGRAM=extproc))) Revise the client side TNSNAMES.ORA to align the PROTOCOL value in the PROTOCOL portion of the connect string. For example, if TCP was deemed as not secure and the listener.ora was changed to listen for an IPC connection the code below would be required: net_service_name= (DESCRIPTION= (ADDRESS=(PROTOCOL=tcp)(HOST=sales1-svr)(PORT=1521)) (ADDRESS=(PROTOCOL=tcp)(HOST=sales2-svr)(PORT=1521)) (CONNECT_DATA= (SERVICE_NAME=sales.us.example.com)))

b
The DBMS must provide a mechanism to automatically identify accounts designated as temporary or emergency accounts.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-237701 - SV-237701r961863_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
O121-C2-001900
Vuln IDs
  • V-237701
  • V-61559
Rule IDs
  • SV-237701r961863_rule
  • SV-76049
Temporary application accounts could be used in the event of a vendor support visit where a support representative requires a temporary unique account in order to perform diagnostic testing or conduct some other support-related activity. When these types of accounts are created, there is a risk that the temporary account may remain in place and active after the support representative has left. To address this, in the event temporary application accounts are required, the application must ensure accounts designated as temporary in nature shall automatically terminate these accounts after an organization-defined time period. Such a process and capability greatly reduces the risk that accounts will be misused, hijacked, or data compromised. Note that user authentication and account management should be done via an enterprise-wide mechanism whenever possible. Examples of enterprise-level authentication/access mechanisms include, but are not limited to, Active Directory and LDAP. This requirement applies to cases where it is necessary to have accounts directly managed by Oracle. Temporary database accounts must be identified in order for the system to recognize and terminate them after a given time period. The DBMS and any administrators must have a means to recognize any temporary accounts for special handling.
Checks: C-40920r667133_chk

: If the organization has a policy, consistently enforced, forbidding the creation of emergency or temporary accounts, this is not a finding. If all user accounts are authenticated by the OS or an enterprise-level authentication/access mechanism and not by Oracle, this is not a finding. If using the database to identify temporary accounts, and temporary accounts exist, there should be a temporary profile. If a profile for temporary accounts cannot be identified, this is a finding. To check for a temporary profile, run the scripts below: To obtain a list of profiles: SELECT PROFILE#, NAME FROM SYS.PROFNAME$; To obtain a list of users assigned a given profile (TEMPORARY_USERS, in this example): SELECT USERNAME, PROFILE FROM SYS.DBA_USERS WHERE PROFILE = 'TEMPORARY_USERS' ORDER BY USERNAME;

Fix: F-40883r667134_fix

Use a profile with a distinctive name (for example, TEMPORARY_USERS), so that temporary users can be easily identified. Whenever a temporary user account is created, assign it to this profile. To enable resource limiting via profiles, use the SQL statement: ALTER SYSTEM SET RESOURCE_LIMIT = TRUE; Set values in the profile as needed for temporary users - see below for further information. The values here are examples; set them to values appropriate to the situation: CREATE PROFILE TEMPORARY_USERS LIMIT SESSIONS_PER_USER <limit> CPU_PER_SESSION <limit> CPU_PER_CALL <limit> CONNECT_TIME <limit> LOGICAL_READS_PER_SESSION DEFAULT LOGICAL_READS_PER_CALL <limit> PRIVATE_SGA <limit> COMPOSITE_LIMIT <limit> FAILED_LOGIN_ATTEMPTS 3 PASSWORD_LIFE_TIME 7 PASSWORD_REUSE_TIME 60 PASSWORD_REUSE_MAX 5 PASSWORD_VERIFY_FUNCTION ORA12c_STRONG_VERIFY_FUNCTION PASSWORD_LOCK_TIME UNLIMITED PASSWORD_GRACE_TIME 3; CREATE USER <username> IDENTIFIED BY <password> PROFILE TEMPORARY_USERS; Resource Parameters: COMPOSITE_LIMIT - Specify the total resource cost for a session, expressed in service units. Oracle Database calculates the total service units as a weighted sum of CPU_PER_SESSION, CONNECT_TIME, LOGICAL_READS_PER_SESSION, and PRIVATE_SGA. SESSIONS_PER_USER - Specify the number of concurrent sessions to limit the user to. CPU_PER_SESSION - Specify the CPU time limit for a session, expressed in hundredths of seconds. CPU_PER_CALL - Specify the CPU time limit for a call (a parse, execute, or fetch), expressed in hundredths of seconds. LOGICAL_READS_PER_SESSION - Specify the permitted number of data blocks read in a session, including blocks read from memory and disk. LOGICAL_READS_PER_CALL - Specify the permitted number of data blocks read for a call to process a SQL statement (a parse, execute, or fetch). PRIVATE_SGA - Specify the amount of private space a session can allocate in the shared pool of the system global area (SGA). Refer to size_clause for information on that clause. CONNECT_TIME - Specify the total elapsed time limit for a session, expressed in minutes. IDLE_TIME - Specify the permitted periods of continuous inactive time during a session, expressed in minutes. Long-running queries and other operations are not subject to this limit. COMPOSITE_LIMIT - See Oracle documentation for more details. Password Parameters Use the following clauses to set password parameters. Parameters that set lengths of time are interpreted in number of days. For testing purposes, specify minutes (n/1440) or even seconds (n/86400). FAILED_LOGIN_ATTEMPTS - Specify the number of failed attempts to log on to the user account before the account is locked. If omitting this clause, then the default is 10 times. PASSWORD_LIFE_TIME - Specify the number of days the same password can be used for authentication. If setting a value for PASSWORD_GRACE_TIME, then the password expires if it is not changed within the grace period, and further connections are rejected. If omitting this clause, then the default is 180 days. PASSWORD_REUSE_TIME and PASSWORD_REUSE_MAX - These two parameters must be set in conjunction with each other. PASSWORD_REUSE_TIME specifies the number of days before which a password cannot be reused. PASSWORD_REUSE_MAX specifies the number of password changes required before the current password can be reused. For these parameters to have any effect, specify an integer for both of them. If specifying a value for both of these parameters, then the user cannot reuse a password until the password has been changed the number of times specified for PASSWORD_REUSE_MAX during the number of days specified for PASSWORD_REUSE_TIME. For example, if specifying PASSWORD_REUSE_TIME to 30 and PASSWORD_REUSE_MAX to 10, then the user can reuse the password after 30 days if the password has already been changed 10 times. If specifying a value for either of these parameters and specify UNLIMITED for the other, then the user can never reuse a password. If specifying DEFAULT for either parameter, then Oracle Database uses the value defined in the DEFAULT profile. By default, all parameters are set to UNLIMITED in the DEFAULT profile. If the default setting of UNLIMITED in the DEFAULT profile has not changed, then the database treats the value for that parameter as UNLIMITED. If setting both of these parameters to UNLIMITED, then the database ignores both of them. This is the default if omitting both parameters. PASSWORD_LOCK_TIME - Specify the number of days an account will be locked after the specified number of consecutive failed logon attempts. If omitting this clause, then the default is 1 day. PASSWORD_GRACE_TIME - Specify the number of days after the grace period begins during which a warning is issued and logon is allowed. If omitting this clause, then the default is 7 days. PASSWORD_VERIFY_FUNCTION - The PASSWORD_VERIFY_FUNCTION clause lets a PL/SQL password complexity verification script be passed as an argument to the CREATE PROFILE statement. Oracle Database provides a default script, but can create your own routine or use third-party software instead.

b
The DBMS must provide a mechanism to automatically remove or disable temporary user accounts after 72 hours.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-237702 - SV-237702r961863_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
O121-C2-002000
Vuln IDs
  • V-237702
  • V-61561
Rule IDs
  • SV-237702r961863_rule
  • SV-76051
Temporary application accounts could ostensibly be used in the event of a vendor support visit where a support representative requires a temporary unique account in order to perform diagnostic testing or conduct some other support related activity. When these types of accounts are created, there is a risk that the temporary account may remain in place and active after the support representative has left. To address this, in the event temporary application accounts are required, the application must ensure accounts designated as temporary in nature shall automatically terminate these accounts after a period of 72 hours. Such a process and capability greatly reduces the risk that accounts will be misused, hijacked, or data compromised. Note that user authentication and account management should be done via an enterprise-wide mechanism whenever possible. Examples of enterprise-level authentication/access mechanisms include, but are not limited to, Active Directory and LDAP. This requirement applies to cases where it is necessary to have accounts directly managed by Oracle. Temporary database accounts must be automatically terminated after a 72 hour time period in order to mitigate the risk of the account being used beyond its original purpose or timeframe.
Checks: C-40921r667136_chk

If the organization has a policy, consistently enforced, forbidding the creation of emergency or temporary accounts, this is not a finding. If all user accounts are authenticated by the OS or an enterprise-level authentication/access mechanism, and not by Oracle, this is not a finding. Check DBMS settings, OS settings, and/or enterprise-level authentication/access mechanisms settings to determine if the site utilizes a mechanism whereby temporary are terminated after a 72 hour time period. If not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-40884r667137_fix

If using database mechanisms to satisfy this requirement, use a profile with a distinctive name (for example, TEMPORARY_USERS), so that temporary users can be easily identified. Whenever a temporary user account is created, assign it to this profile. Create a job to lock accounts under this profile that are more than 72 hours old.

b
The DBMS must enforce Discretionary Access Control (DAC) policy allowing users to specify and control sharing by named individuals, groups of individuals, or by both, limiting propagation of access rights and including or excluding access to the granularity of a single user.
AC-3 - Medium - CCI-002165 - V-237703 - SV-237703r961317_rule
RMF Control
AC-3
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-002165
Version
O121-C2-003000
Vuln IDs
  • V-237703
  • V-61577
Rule IDs
  • SV-237703r961317_rule
  • SV-76067
Access control policies (e.g., identity-based policies, role-based policies, attribute-based policies) and access enforcement mechanisms (e.g., access control lists, access control matrices, cryptography) are employed by organizations to control access between users (or processes acting on behalf of users) and objects (e.g., devices, files, records, processes, programs, domains). DAC is a type of access control methodology serving as a means of restricting access to objects and data based on the identity of subjects and/or groups to which they belong. It is discretionary in the sense that application users with the appropriate permissions to access an application resource or data have the discretion to pass that permission on to another user either directly or indirectly. Data protection requirements may result in a DAC policy being specified as part of the application design. Discretionary access controls would be employed at the application level to restrict and control access to application objects and data thereby providing increased information security for the organization. When DAC controls are employed, those controls must limit sharing to named application users, groups of users, or both. The application DAC controls must also limit the propagation of access rights and have the ability to exclude access to data down to the granularity of a single user. Databases using DAC must have the ability for the owner of an object or information to assign or revoke rights to view or modify the object or information. If the owner of an object or information does not have rights to exclude access to an object or information at a user level, users may gain access to objects and information they are not authorized to view/modify.
Checks: C-40922r667139_chk

Check DBMS settings to determine if users are able to assign and revoke rights to the objects and information that they own. If users cannot assign or revoke rights to the objects and information that they own to groups, roles, or individual users, this is a finding.

Fix: F-40885r667140_fix

Modify DBMS settings to allow users to assign or revoke access rights to objects and information owned by the user. The ability to grant or revoke rights must include the ability to grant or revoke those rights down to the granularity of a single user. (Note: In most cases, no fix will be necessary. This is default functionality for Oracle.)

b
A single database connection configuration file must not be used to configure all database clients.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-237705 - SV-237705r961863_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
O121-C2-003600
Vuln IDs
  • V-237705
  • V-61583
Rule IDs
  • SV-237705r961863_rule
  • SV-76073
Applications employ the concept of least privilege for specific duties and information systems (including specific functions, ports, protocols, and services). The concept of least privilege is also applied to information system processes, ensuring that the processes operate at privilege levels no higher than necessary to accomplish required organizational missions and/or functions. Organizations consider the creation of additional processes, roles, and information system accounts as necessary to achieve least privilege. Organizations also apply least privilege concepts to the design, development, implementation, and operations of information systems. Many sites distribute a single client database connection configuration file to all site database users that contains network access information for all databases on the site. Such a file provides information to access databases not required by all users that may assist in unauthorized access attempts.
Checks: C-40924r667145_chk

Review procedures for providing database connection information to users/user workstations. If procedures do not indicate or implement restrictions to connections required by the particular user, this is a finding. Note: This check is specific for the DBMS host system and not directed at client systems (client systems are included in the Application STIG/Checklist); however, detection of unauthorized client connections to the DBMS host system obtained through log files should be performed regularly and documented where authorized.

Fix: F-40887r667146_fix

Implement procedures to supply database connection information to only those databases authorized for the user.

b
The DBMS must be protected from unauthorized access by developers.
CM-5 - Medium - CCI-001499 - V-237706 - SV-237706r960960_rule
RMF Control
CM-5
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001499
Version
O121-C2-003700
Vuln IDs
  • V-237706
  • V-61585
Rule IDs
  • SV-237706r960960_rule
  • SV-76075
Applications employ the concept of least privilege for specific duties and information systems (including specific functions, ports, protocols, and services). The concept of least privilege is also applied to information system processes, ensuring that the processes operate at privilege levels no higher than necessary to accomplish required organizational missions and/or functions. Organizations consider the creation of additional processes, roles, and information system accounts as necessary to achieve least privilege. Organizations also apply least privilege concepts to the design, development, implementation, and operations of information systems. Developers granted elevated database and/or operating system privileges on production databases can affect the operation and/or security of the database system. Operating system and database privileges assigned to developers on production systems must not be allowed.
Checks: C-40925r667148_chk

Check the production system to ensure no developer accounts have rights to modify the production database structure or alter production data. If developer accounts with these rights exist, ask for documentation that shows these accounts have formal approval and risk acceptance. If this documentation does not exist, this is a finding. If developer accounts exist with the right to create and maintain tables (or other database objects) in production tablespaces, this is a finding.

Fix: F-40888r667149_fix

Restrict developer privileges to production objects to only objects and data where those privileges are required and authorized. Document the approval and risk acceptance. Consider using separate accounts for a person's developer duties and production duties. At a minimum, use separate roles for developer privileges and production privileges. If developers need the ability to create and maintain tables (or other database objects) as part of their development activities, provide dedicated tablespaces, and revoke any rights that allowed them to use production tablespaces for this purpose.

b
The DBMS must be protected from unauthorized access by developers on shared production/development host systems.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-237707 - SV-237707r961863_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
O121-C2-003800
Vuln IDs
  • V-237707
  • V-61587
Rule IDs
  • SV-237707r961863_rule
  • SV-76077
Applications employ the concept of least privilege for specific duties and information systems (including specific functions, ports, protocols, and services). The concept of least privilege is also applied to information system processes, ensuring that the processes operate at privilege levels no higher than necessary to accomplish required organizational missions and/or functions. Organizations consider the creation of additional processes, roles, and information system accounts as necessary to achieve least privilege. Organizations also apply least privilege concepts to the design, development, implementation, and operations of information systems. Developers granted elevated database and/or operating system privileges on systems that support both development and production databases can affect the operation and/or security of the production database system. Operating system and database privileges assigned to developers on shared development and production systems must be restricted.
Checks: C-40926r667151_chk

Identify whether any hosts contain both development and production databases. If no hosts contain both production and development databases, this is NA. For any host containing both a development and a production database, determine if developers have been granted elevated privileges on the production database or on the OS. If they have, ask for documentation that shows these accounts have formal approval and risk acceptance. If this documentation does not exist, this is a finding. If developer accounts exist with the right to create and maintain tables (or other database objects) in production tablespaces, this is a finding. (Where applicable, to check the number of instances on the host machine, check the /etc/oratab. The /etc/oratab file is updated by the Oracle Installer when the database is installed when the root.sh file is executed. Each line in the represents an ORACLE_SID:ORACLE_HOME:Y or N. The ORACLE_SID and ORACLE_HOME are self-explanatory. The Y or N signals the DBSTART program to automatically start or not start that specific instance when the machine is restarted. Check with the system owner and application development team to see what each entry represents. If a system is deemed to be a production system, review the system for development users.)

Fix: F-40889r667152_fix

Restrict developer privileges to production objects to only objects and data where those privileges are required and authorized. Document the approval and risk acceptance. Consider using separate accounts for a person's developer duties and production duties. At a minimum, use separate roles for developer privileges and production privileges. If developers need the ability to create and maintain tables (or other database objects) as part of their development activities, provide dedicated tablespaces, and revoke any rights that allowed them to use production tablespaces for this purpose.

b
The DBMS must restrict access to system tables and other configuration information or metadata to DBAs or other authorized users.
SC-4 - Medium - CCI-001090 - V-237708 - SV-237708r961149_rule
RMF Control
SC-4
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001090
Version
O121-C2-003900
Vuln IDs
  • V-237708
  • V-61589
Rule IDs
  • SV-237708r961149_rule
  • SV-76079
Applications employ the concept of least privilege for specific duties and information systems (including specific functions, ports, protocols, and services). The concept of least privilege is also applied to information system processes, ensuring that the processes operate at privilege levels no higher than necessary to accomplish required organizational missions and/or functions. Organizations consider the creation of additional processes, roles, and information system accounts as necessary to achieve least privilege. Organizations also apply least privilege concepts to the design, development, implementation, and operations of information systems. Administrative data includes DBMS metadata and other configuration and management data. Unauthorized access to this data could result in unauthorized changes to database objects, access controls, or DBMS configuration.
Checks: C-40927r667154_chk

Review user privileges to system tables and configuration data stored in the Oracle database. If non-DBA users are assigned privileges to access system tables and tables containing configuration data, this is a finding. To obtain a list of users and roles that have been granted access to any dictionary table, run the query: SELECT unique grantee from dba_tab_privs where table_name in (select table_name from dictionary) order by grantee; To obtain a list of dictionary tables and assigned privileges granted to a specific user or role, run the query: SELECT grantee, table_name, privilege from dba_tab_privs where table_name in (select table_name from dictionary) and grantee = '&lt;applicable account&gt;';

Fix: F-40890r667155_fix

Restrict accessibility of Oracle system tables and other configuration information or metadata to DBAs or other authorized users.

b
Administrative privileges must be assigned to database accounts via database roles.
CM-5 - Medium - CCI-001499 - V-237709 - SV-237709r960960_rule
RMF Control
CM-5
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001499
Version
O121-C2-004000
Vuln IDs
  • V-237709
  • V-61591
Rule IDs
  • SV-237709r960960_rule
  • SV-76081
Applications employ the concept of least privilege for specific duties and information systems (including specific functions, ports, protocols, and services). The concept of least privilege is also applied to information system processes, ensuring that the processes operate at privilege levels no higher than necessary to accomplish required organizational missions and/or functions. Organizations consider the creation of additional processes, roles, and information system accounts as necessary to achieve least privilege. Organizations also apply least privilege concepts to the design, development, implementation, and operations of information systems. Privileges granted outside the context of the application user job function are more likely to go unmanaged or without oversight for authorization. Maintenance of privileges using roles defined for discrete job functions offers improved oversight of application user privilege assignments and helps to protect against unauthorized privilege assignment.
Checks: C-40928r667157_chk

Review accounts for direct assignment of administrative privileges. Connected as SYSDBA, run the query: SELECT grantee, privilege FROM dba_sys_privs WHERE grantee IN ( SELECT username FROM dba_users WHERE username NOT IN ( 'XDB', 'SYSTEM', 'SYS', 'LBACSYS', 'DVSYS', 'DVF', 'SYSMAN_RO', 'SYSMAN_BIPLATFORM', 'SYSMAN_MDS', 'SYSMAN_OPSS', 'SYSMAN_STB', 'DBSNMP', 'SYSMAN', 'APEX_040200', 'WMSYS', 'SYSDG', 'SYSBACKUP', 'SPATIAL_WFS_ADMIN_USR', 'SPATIAL_CSW_ADMIN_US', 'GSMCATUSER', 'OLAPSYS', 'SI_INFORMTN_SCHEMA', 'OUTLN', 'ORDSYS', 'ORDDATA', 'OJVMSYS', 'ORACLE_OCM', 'MDSYS', 'ORDPLUGINS', 'GSMADMIN_INTERNAL', 'MDDATA', 'FLOWS_FILES', 'DIP', 'CTXSYS', 'AUDSYS', 'APPQOSSYS', 'APEX_PUBLIC_USER', 'ANONYMOUS', 'SPATIAL_CSW_ADMIN_USR', 'SYSKM', 'SYSMAN_TYPES', 'MGMT_VIEW', 'EUS_ENGINE_USER', 'EXFSYS', 'SYSMAN_APM' ) ) AND privilege NOT IN ('UNLIMITED TABLESPACE' , 'REFERENCES', 'INDEX', 'SYSDBA', 'SYSOPER' ) ORDER BY 1, 2; If any administrative privileges have been assigned directly to a database account, this is a finding. (The list of special accounts that are excluded from this requirement may not be complete. It is expected that the DBA will edit the list to suit local circumstances, adding other special accounts as necessary, and removing any that are not supposed to be in use in the Oracle deployment that is under review.)

Fix: F-40891r667158_fix

Create roles for administrative function assignments. Assign the necessary privileges for the administrative functions to a role. Do not assign administrative privileges directly to users, except for those that Oracle does not permit to be assigned via roles.

b
Administrators must utilize a separate, distinct administrative account when performing administrative activities, accessing database security functions, or accessing security-relevant information.
SC-3 - Medium - CCI-001084 - V-237710 - SV-237710r961131_rule
RMF Control
SC-3
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001084
Version
O121-C2-004100
Vuln IDs
  • V-237710
  • V-61593
Rule IDs
  • SV-237710r961131_rule
  • SV-76083
This requirement is intended to limit exposure due to operating from within a privileged account or role. The inclusion of role is intended to address those situations where an access control policy, such as Role Based Access Control (RBAC), is being implemented and where a change of role provides the same degree of assurance in the change of access authorizations for both the user and all processes acting on behalf of the user as would be provided by a change between a privileged and non-privileged account. To limit exposure when operating from within a privileged account or role, the application must support organizational requirements that users of information system accounts, or roles, with access to organization-defined lists of security functions or security-relevant information, use non-privileged accounts, or roles, when accessing other (non-security) system functions. When privileged activities are not separated from non-privileged activities, the database can be subject to unauthorized changes to settings and data that a standard user would not normally have access to, outside of an authorized maintenance session.
Checks: C-40929r667160_chk

Review permissions for objects owned by DBA or other administrative accounts. If any objects owned by administrative accounts can be accessed by non-DBA/non-administrative users, either directly or indirectly, this is a finding. Verify DBAs have separate administrative accounts. If DBAs do not have a separate account for database administration purposes, this is a finding. To list all objects owned by an administrative account that have had access granted to another account, run the query: SELECT grantee, table_name, grantor, privilege, type from dba_tab_privs where owner= '&lt;applicable account&gt;';

Fix: F-40892r667161_fix

Revoke DBA privileges, and privileges to administer DBA-owned objects, from non-DBA accounts. Provide separate accounts to DBA for database administration.

b
OS accounts utilized to run external procedures called by the DBMS must have limited privileges.
CM-7 - Medium - CCI-000381 - V-237712 - SV-237712r960963_rule
RMF Control
CM-7
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000381
Version
O121-C2-004400
Vuln IDs
  • V-237712
  • V-61601
Rule IDs
  • SV-237712r960963_rule
  • SV-76091
This requirement is intended to limit exposure due to operating from within a privileged account or role. The inclusion of role is intended to address those situations where an access control policy, such as Role Based Access Control (RBAC) is being implemented and where a change of role provides the same degree of assurance in the change of access authorizations for both the user and all processes acting on behalf of the user as would be provided by a change between a privileged and non-privileged account. To limit exposure when operating from within a privileged account or role, the application must support organizational requirements that users of information system accounts, or roles, with access to organization-defined lists of security functions or security-relevant information, use non-privileged accounts, or roles, when accessing other (non-security) system functions. Use of privileged accounts for non-administrative purposes puts data at risk of unintended or unauthorized loss, modification, or exposure. In particular, DBA accounts if used for non-administration application development or application maintenance can lead to miss-assignment of privileges where privileges are inherited by object owners. It may also lead to loss or compromise of application data where the elevated privileges bypass controls designed in and provided by applications. External applications called or spawned by the DBMS process may be executed under OS accounts with unnecessary privileges. This can lead to unauthorized access to OS resources and compromise of the OS, the DBMS or any other services provided by the host platform.
Checks: C-40931r667166_chk

Determine which OS accounts are used by the DBMS to run external procedures. Validate that these OS accounts have only the privileges necessary to perform the required functionality. If any OS accounts, utilized by the database for running external procedures, have privileges beyond those required for running the external procedures, this is a finding. If use of the external procedure agent is authorized, ensure extproc is restricted to execution of authorized applications. External jobs are run using the account nobody by default. Review the contents of the file ORACLE_HOME/rdbms/admin/externaljob.ora for the lines run_user= and run_group=. If the user assigned to these parameters is not "nobody", this is a finding. System views providing privilege information are: DBA_SYS_PRIVS DBA_TAB_PRIVS DBA_ROLE_PRIVS

Fix: F-40894r667167_fix

Limit privileges to DBMS-related OS accounts to those required to perform their DBMS specific functionality.

b
The DBMS must verify account lockouts persist until reset by an administrator.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-237713 - SV-237713r961863_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
O121-C2-004900
Vuln IDs
  • V-237713
  • V-61603
Rule IDs
  • SV-237713r961863_rule
  • SV-76093
Anytime an authentication method is exposed, to allow for the utilization of an application, there is a risk that attempts will be made to obtain unauthorized access. To defeat these attempts, organizations define the number of times a user account may consecutively fail a logon attempt. The organization also defines the period of time in which these consecutive failed attempts may occur. By limiting the number of failed logon attempts, the risk of unauthorized system access via user password guessing, otherwise known as brute forcing, is reduced. Limits are imposed by locking the account. Note that user authentication and account management must be done via an enterprise-wide mechanism whenever possible. Examples of enterprise-level authentication/access mechanisms include, but are not limited to, Active Directory and LDAP. This requirement applies to cases where it is necessary to have accounts directly managed by Oracle.
Checks: C-40932r667169_chk

The account lockout duration is defined in the profile assigned to a user. To see what profile is assigned to a user, enter the query: SQL&gt;SELECT profile FROM dba_users WHERE username = '&lt;username&gt;' This will return the profile name assigned to that user. The user profile, ORA_STIG_PROFILE, has been provided (starting with Oracle 12.1.0.2) to satisfy the STIG requirements pertaining to the profile parameters. Oracle recommends that this profile be customized with any site-specific requirements and assigned to all users where applicable. Note: It remains necessary to create a customized replacement for the password validation function, ORA12C_STRONG_VERIFY_FUNCTION, if relying on this technique to verify password complexity. Now check the values assigned to the profile returned from the query above: column profile format a20 column limit format a20 SQL&gt;SELECT PROFILE, RESOURCE_NAME, LIMIT FROM DBA_PROFILES WHERE PROFILE = 'ORA_STIG_PROFILE'; Check the settings for password_lock_time - this specifies how long to lock the account after the number of consecutive failed logon attempts reaches the limit. If the value is not UNLIMITED, this is a finding.

Fix: F-40895r667170_fix

Configure the DBMS settings to specify indefinite lockout duration: ALTER PROFILE ORA_STIG_PROFILE LIMIT PASSWORD_LOCK_TIME UNLIMITED;

b
The DBMS must set the maximum number of consecutive invalid logon attempts to three.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-237714 - SV-237714r961863_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
O121-C2-005000
Vuln IDs
  • V-237714
  • V-61605
Rule IDs
  • SV-237714r961863_rule
  • SV-76095
Anytime an authentication method is exposed, to allow for the utilization of an application, there is a risk that attempts will be made to obtain unauthorized access. To defeat these attempts, organizations define the number of times a user account may consecutively fail a logon attempt. The organization also defines the period of time in which these consecutive failed attempts may occur. By limiting the number of failed logon attempts, the risk of unauthorized system access via user password guessing, otherwise known as brute forcing, is reduced. Limits are imposed by locking the account. More recent brute force attacks make attempts over long periods of time to circumvent intrusion detection systems and system account lockouts based entirely on the number of failed logons that are typically reset after a successful logon. Note that user authentication and account management must be done via an enterprise-wide mechanism whenever possible. Examples of enterprise-level authentication/access mechanisms include, but are not limited to, Active Directory and LDAP. This requirement applies to cases where it is necessary to have accounts directly managed by Oracle. Note also that a policy that places no limit on the length of the timeframe (for counting consecutive invalid attempts) does satisfy this requirement.
Checks: C-40933r667172_chk

The limit on the number of consecutive failed logon attempts is defined in the profile assigned to a user. Check the FAILED_LOGIN_ATTEMPTS value assigned to the profiles returned from this query: SQL&gt;SELECT PROFILE, RESOURCE_NAME, LIMIT FROM DBA_PROFILES; Check the setting for FAILED_LOGIN_ATTEMPTS - this is the number of consecutive failed logon attempts before locking the Oracle user account. If the value is greater than three on any of the profiles, this is a finding.

Fix: F-40896r667173_fix

Configure the DBMS setting to specify the maximum number of consecutive failed logon attempts to three (or less): ALTER PROFILE {PROFILE_NAME} LIMIT FAILED_LOGIN_ATTEMPTS 3; (ORA_STIG_PROFILE is available in DBA_PROFILES, starting with Oracle 12.1.0.2. Note: It remains necessary to create a customized replacement for the password validation function, ORA12C_STRONG_VERIFY_FUNCTION, if relying on this technique to verify password complexity.)

b
Databases utilizing Discretionary Access Control (DAC) must enforce a policy that limits propagation of access rights.
AC-3 - Medium - CCI-002165 - V-237715 - SV-237715r961317_rule
RMF Control
AC-3
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-002165
Version
O121-C2-006600
Vuln IDs
  • V-237715
  • V-61617
Rule IDs
  • SV-237715r961317_rule
  • SV-76107
Discretionary Access Control (DAC) is based on the premise that individual users are "owners" of objects and therefore have discretion over who should be authorized to access the object and in which mode (e.g., read or write). Ownership is usually acquired as a consequence of creating the object or via specified ownership assignment. DAC allows the owner to determine who will have access to objects they control. An example of DAC includes user-controlled file permissions. DAC models have the potential for the access controls to propagate without limit, resulting in unauthorized access to said objects. When applications provide a discretionary access control mechanism, the application must be able to limit the propagation of those access rights. The DBMS must ensure the recipient of permissions possesses only the access intended. The database must enforce the ability to limit rights propagation if that is the intent of the grantor. If the propagation of access rights is not limited, users with rights to objects they do not own can continue to grant rights to those objects to other users without limit. This is default behavior for Oracle.
Checks: C-40934r667175_chk

Verify the DBMS has the ability to grant permissions without the grantee receiving the right to grant those same permissions to another user. Review organization policies regarding access propagation. If an access propagation policy limiting the propagation of rights does not exist, this is a finding. Review DBMS configuration to verify access propagation policies are enforced by the DBMS as configured. If the DBMS does not enforce the access propagation policy, this is a finding.

Fix: F-40897r667176_fix

Create and document an access propagation policy that limits the propagation of rights. Configure the DBMS to enforce the access propagation policy. When a user is granted access to an object, they have access to the object. When a user is granted access to an object with the GRANT option, then they can provide permissions to others. Without the GRANT option, a user cannot grant access to an object. No configuration is required.

b
A DBMS utilizing Discretionary Access Control (DAC) must enforce a policy that includes or excludes access to the granularity of a single user.
AC-3 - Medium - CCI-002165 - V-237716 - SV-237716r961317_rule
RMF Control
AC-3
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-002165
Version
O121-C2-006700
Vuln IDs
  • V-237716
  • V-61619
Rule IDs
  • SV-237716r961317_rule
  • SV-76109
DAC is based on the notion that individual users are "owners" of objects and therefore have discretion over who should be authorized to access the object and in which mode (e.g., read or write). Ownership is usually acquired as a consequence of creating the object or via specified ownership assignment. DAC allows the owner to determine who will have access to objects they control. An example of DAC includes user-controlled file permissions. Including or excluding access to the granularity of a single user means providing the capability to either allow or deny access to objects (e.g., files, folders) on a per single user basis. Databases using DAC must have the ability for the owner of an object or information to assign or revoke rights to view or modify the object or information. If the owner of an object or information does not have rights to exclude access to an object or information at a user level, users may gain access to objects and information they are not authorized to view/modify.
Checks: C-40935r667178_chk

Check DBMS settings and documentation to determine if users are able to assign and revoke rights to the objects and information they own. If users cannot assign or revoke rights to the objects and information they own to the granularity of a single user, this is a finding. (This is default Oracle behavior.)

Fix: F-40898r667179_fix

Modify DBMS settings to allow users to assign or revoke access rights to objects and information owned by the user. The ability to grant or revoke rights must include the ability to grant or revoke those rights down to the granularity of a single user. (This is default Oracle behavior.)

b
The DBMS itself, or the logging or alerting mechanism the application utilizes, must provide a warning when allocated audit record storage volume reaches an organization-defined percentage of maximum audit record storage capacity.
AU-5 - Medium - CCI-001855 - V-237717 - SV-237717r961398_rule
RMF Control
AU-5
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001855
Version
O121-C2-008200
Vuln IDs
  • V-237717
  • V-61643
Rule IDs
  • SV-237717r961398_rule
  • SV-76133
It is critical for the appropriate personnel to be aware if a system is at risk of failing to process audit logs as required. Audit processing failures include: software/hardware errors, failures in the audit capturing mechanisms, and audit storage capacity being reached or exceeded. If audit log capacity were to be exceeded, then events subsequently occurring would not be recorded. Organizations shall define a maximum allowable percentage of storage capacity serving as an alarming threshold (e.g., application has exceeded 80% of log storage capacity allocated) at which time the application or the logging mechanism the application utilizes will provide a warning to the appropriate personnel. A failure of database auditing will result in either the database continuing to function without auditing or in a complete halt to database operations. When audit processing fails, appropriate personnel must be alerted immediately to avoid further downtime or unaudited transactions. This can be an alert provided by the database, a log repository, or the OS when a designated log directory is nearing capacity.
Checks: C-40936r667181_chk

Review DBMS, OS, or third-party logging application settings to determine whether a warning will be provided when a specific percentage of log storage capacity is reached. If no warning will be provided, this is a finding.

Fix: F-40899r667182_fix

Modify DBMS, OS, or third-party logging application settings to alert appropriate personnel when a specific percentage of log storage capacity is reached. For ease of management, it is recommended that the audit tables be kept in a dedicated tablespace. If Oracle Enterprise Manager is in use, the capability to issue such an alert is built in and configurable via the console so an email can be sent to a designated administrator. If Enterprise Manager is unavailable, the following script can be used to monitor storage space; this can be combined with additional code to email the appropriate administrator so they can take action. sqlplus connect as sysdba set pagesize 300 set linesize 120 column sumb format 9,999,999,999,999 column extents format 999999 column bytes format 9,999,999,999,999 column largest format 9,999,999,999,999 column Tot_Size format 9,999,999,999,999 column Tot_Free format 9,999,999,999,999 column Pct_Free format 9,999,999,999,999 column Chunks_Free format 9,999,999,999,999 column Max_Free format 9,999,999,999,999 set echo off spool TSINFO.txt PROMPT SPACE AVAILABLE IN TABLESPACES select a.tablespace_name,sum(a.tots) Tot_Size, sum(a.sumb) Tot_Free, sum(a.sumb)*100/sum(a.tots) Pct_Free, sum(a.largest) Max_Free,sum(a.chunks) Chunks_Free from ( select tablespace_name,0 tots,sum(bytes) sumb, max(bytes) largest,count(*) chunks from dba_free_space a group by tablespace_name union select tablespace_name,sum(bytes) tots,0,0,0 from dba_data_files group by tablespace_name) a group by a.tablespace_name; Sample Output SPACE AVAILABLE IN TABLESPACES TABLESPACE_NAME TOT_SIZE TOT_FREE PCT_FREE MAX_FREE CHUNKS_FREE ------------------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ DES2 41,943,040 30,935,040 74 30,935,040 1 DES2_I 31,457,280 23,396,352 74 23,396,352 1 RBS 60,817,408 57,085,952 94 52,426,752 16 SYSTEM 94,371,840 5,386,240 6 5,013,504 3 TEMP 563,200 561,152 100 133,120 5 TOOLS 120,586,240 89,407,488 74 78,190,592 12 USERS 1,048,576 26,624 3 26,624 1

b
The system must provide a real-time alert when organization-defined audit failure events occur.
AU-5 - Medium - CCI-001858 - V-237718 - SV-237718r961401_rule
RMF Control
AU-5
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001858
Version
O121-C2-008300
Vuln IDs
  • V-237718
  • V-61645
Rule IDs
  • SV-237718r961401_rule
  • SV-76135
It is critical for the appropriate personnel to be aware if a system is at risk of failing to process audit logs as required. Audit processing failures include: software/hardware errors, failures in the audit capturing mechanisms, and audit storage capacity being reached or exceeded. If audit log capacity were to be exceeded, then events subsequently occurring would not be recorded. Organizations shall define a maximum allowable percentage of storage capacity serving as an alarming threshold (e.g., application has exceeded 80% of log storage capacity allocated) at which time the application or the logging mechanism the application utilizes will provide a warning to the appropriate personnel. A failure of database auditing will result in either the database continuing to function without auditing or in a complete halt to database operations. When audit processing fails, appropriate personnel must be alerted immediately to avoid further downtime or unaudited transactions. This can be an alert provided by the database, a log repository, or the OS when a designated log directory is nearing capacity. If Oracle Enterprise Manager is in use, the capability to issue such an alert is built in and configurable via the console so an alert can be sent to a designated administrator.
Checks: C-40937r667184_chk

Review Oracle Corp., OS, or third-party logging software settings to determine whether a real-time alert will be sent to the appropriate personnel when auditing fails for any reason. If real-time alerts are not sent upon auditing failure, this is a finding.

Fix: F-40900r667185_fix

Configure logging software to send a real-time alert to appropriate personnel when auditing fails for any reason. (Oracle recommends the use of Oracle Enterprise Manager.)

b
The DBMS must support enforcement of logical access restrictions associated with changes to the DBMS configuration and to the database itself.
CM-5 - Medium - CCI-001813 - V-237719 - SV-237719r961461_rule
RMF Control
CM-5
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001813
Version
O121-C2-010300
Vuln IDs
  • V-237719
  • V-61671
Rule IDs
  • SV-237719r961461_rule
  • SV-76161
When dealing with access restrictions pertaining to change control, it should be noted any changes to the hardware, software, and/or firmware components of the information system and/or application can have significant effects on the overall security of the system. Accordingly, only qualified and authorized individuals must be allowed to obtain access to application components for the purposes of initiating changes, including upgrades and modifications. Modifications to the DBMS settings, the database files, database configuration files, or the underlying database application files themselves could have catastrophic consequences to the database. Modification to DBMS settings could include turning off access controls to the database, the halting of archiving, the halting of auditing, and any number of other malicious actions.
Checks: C-40938r667187_chk

Review DBMS settings and vendor documentation to ensure the database supports and does not interfere with enforcement of logical access restrictions associated with changes to the DBMS configuration and to the database itself. If the DBMS software in any way restricts the implementation of logical access controls implemented to protect its integrity or availability, this is a finding.

Fix: F-40901r667188_fix

Configure the DBMS to allow implementation of logical access restrictions aimed at protecting the DBMS from unauthorized changes to its configuration and to the database itself. - - - - - When the Oracle Database is installed on a Unix-like operating system, the required umask is 022, and the file permissions are set so that any modifications to the startup files can only be performed by the owner of the software, a member of the group DBA, or the root user. Changing the umask has caused problems when patching the environment. If changes are to be made, they should be reverted to the status they were in before the modification for patching and upgrades.

b
Database backup procedures must be defined, documented, and implemented.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-237720 - SV-237720r961863_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
O121-C2-012300
Vuln IDs
  • V-237720
  • V-61695
Rule IDs
  • SV-237720r961863_rule
  • SV-76185
Information system backup is a critical step in maintaining data assurance and availability. User-level information is data generated by information system and/or application users. In order to assure availability of this data in the event of a system failure, DoD organizations are required to ensure user-generated data is backed up at a defined frequency. This includes data stored on file systems, within databases or within any other storage media. Applications performing backups must be capable of backing up user-level information per the DoD-defined frequency. Database backups provide the required means to restore databases after compromise or loss. Backups help reduce the vulnerability to unauthorized access or hardware loss.
Checks: C-40939r667190_chk

Review the database backup procedures and implementation evidence. Evidence of implementation includes records of backup events and physical review of backup media. Evidence should match the backup plan as recorded in the system documentation. If backup procedures do not exist or are not implemented in accordance with the procedures, this is a finding. - - - - - The Oracle recommended process for backup and recovery is Oracle RMAN. If Oracle RMAN is deployed, execute the following commands to ensure that the evidence of the implementation of the backup policy includes validating that the files are restorable: Validating Database Files with BACKUP VALIDATE --Use the BACKUP VALIDATE command to do the following: --Check datafiles for physical and logical block corruption --Confirm that all database files exist and are in the correct locations --When BACKUP VALIDATE is run, RMAN reads the files to be backed up in their entirety, as it would during a real backup. RMAN does not, however, actually produce any backup sets or image copies. --Cannot use the BACKUPSET, MAXCORRUPT, or PROXY parameters with BACKUP VALIDATE. --To validate files with the BACKUP VALIDATE command: 1. Start RMAN and connect to a target database and recovery catalog (if used). 2. Run the BACKUP VALIDATE command. For example, can validate that all database files and archived logs can be backed up by running a command as shown in the following example. This command checks for physical corruptions only. BACKUP VALIDATE DATABASE ARCHIVELOG ALL; To check for logical corruptions in addition to physical corruptions, run the following variation of the preceding command: BACKUP VALIDATE CHECK LOGICAL DATABASE ARCHIVELOG ALL; In the preceding examples, the RMAN client displays the same output that it would if it were really backing up the files. If RMAN cannot back up one or more of the files, then it issues an error message. Validating Backups Before Restoring Them Run RESTORE ... VALIDATE to test whether RMAN can restore a specific file or set of files from a backup. RMAN chooses which backups to use. The database must be mounted or open for this command. Do not have to take datafiles off-line when validating the restore of datafiles, because validation of backups of the datafiles only reads the backups and does not affect the production datafiles. When validating files on disk or tape, RMAN reads all blocks in the backup piece or image copy. RMAN also validates off-site backups. The validation is identical to a real restore operation except that RMAN does not write output files. To validate backups with the RESTORE command: 1. Run the RESTORE command with the VALIDATE option. This following example illustrates validating the restore of the database and all archived redo logs: RESTORE DATABASE VALIDATE; RESTORE ARCHIVELOG ALL VALIDATE; If an RMAN error stack is not generated, then skip the subsequent steps. The lack of error messages means that RMAN had confirmed that it can use these backups successfully during a real restore and recovery. 2. If error messages are seen in the output and one is the RMAN-06026 message, then investigate the cause of the problem. If possible, correct the problem that is preventing RMAN from validating the backups and retry the validation. The following error means that RMAN cannot restore one or more of the specified files from available backups: RMAN-06026: some targets not found - aborting restore The following sample output shows that RMAN encountered a problem reading the specified backup: RMAN-03009: failure of restore command on c1 channel at 12-DEC-14 23:22:30 ORA-19505: failed to identify file "oracle/dbs/1fafv9gl_1_1" ORA-27037: unable to obtain file status SVR4 Error: 2: No such file or directory Additional information: 3

Fix: F-40902r667191_fix

Develop, document, and implement database backup procedures.

b
Database recovery procedures must be developed, documented, implemented, and periodically tested.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-237721 - SV-237721r961863_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
O121-C2-012400
Vuln IDs
  • V-237721
  • V-61697
Rule IDs
  • SV-237721r961863_rule
  • SV-76187
Information system backup is a critical step in maintaining data assurance and availability. User-level information is data generated by information system and/or application users. In order to assure availability of this data in the event of a system failure, DoD organizations are required to ensure user-generated data is backed up at a defined frequency. This includes data stored on file systems, within databases or within any other storage media. Applications performing backups must be capable of backing up user-level information per the DoD-defined frequency. Problems with backup procedures or backup media may not be discovered until after a recovery is needed. Testing and verification of procedures provides the opportunity to discover oversights, conflicts, or other issues in the backup procedures or use of media designed to be used.
Checks: C-40940r667193_chk

Review the testing and verification procedures documented in the system documentation. Review evidence of implementation of testing and verification procedures by reviewing logs from backup and recovery implementation. Logs may be in electronic form or hardcopy and may include email or other notification. If testing and verification of backup and recovery procedures is not documented in the system documentation, this is a finding. If evidence of testing and verification of backup and recovery procedures does not exist, this is a finding.

Fix: F-40903r667194_fix

Develop, document, and implement testing and verification procedures for database backup and recovery. Include requirements for documenting database backup and recovery testing and verification activities in the procedures.

b
DBMS backup and restoration files must be protected from unauthorized access.
SC-4 - Medium - CCI-001090 - V-237722 - SV-237722r961149_rule
RMF Control
SC-4
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001090
Version
O121-C2-012500
Vuln IDs
  • V-237722
  • V-61699
Rule IDs
  • SV-237722r961149_rule
  • SV-76189
Information system backup is a critical step in maintaining data assurance and availability. User-level information is data generated by information system and/or application users. In order to assure availability of this data in the event of a system failure, DoD organizations are required to ensure user-generated data is backed up at a defined frequency. This includes data stored on file systems, within databases or within any other storage media. Applications performing backups must be capable of backing up user-level information per the DoD-defined frequency. Lost or compromised DBMS backup and restoration files may lead to not only the loss of data, but also the unauthorized access to sensitive data. Backup files need the same protections against unauthorized access when stored on backup media as when online and actively in use by the database system. In addition, the backup media needs to be protected against physical loss. Most DBMS's maintain online copies of critical control files to provide transparent or easy recovery from hard disk loss or other interruptions to database operation.
Checks: C-40941r667196_chk

Review file protections assigned to online backup and restoration files. Review access protections and procedures for off-line backup and restoration files. If backup or restoration files are subject to unauthorized access, this is a finding. It may be necessary to review backup and restoration procedures to determine ownership and access during all phases of backup and recovery.

Fix: F-40904r667197_fix

Implement protection for backup and restoration files. Document personnel and the level of access authorized for each to the backup and restoration files in the system documentation.

c
The DBMS must use multifactor authentication for access to user accounts.
IA-2 - High - CCI-000765 - V-237723 - SV-237723r1015775_rule
RMF Control
IA-2
Severity
High
CCI
CCI-000765
Version
O121-C2-012900
Vuln IDs
  • V-237723
  • V-61703
Rule IDs
  • SV-237723r1015775_rule
  • SV-76193
Multifactor authentication is defined as using two or more factors to achieve authentication. Factors include: (i) Something a user knows (e.g., password/PIN); (ii) Something a user has (e.g., cryptographic identification device, token); or (iii) Something a user is (e.g., biometric). The DBMS must be configured to automatically utilize organization-level account management functions, and these functions must immediately enforce the organization's current account policy. The lack of multifactor authentication makes it much easier for an attacker to gain unauthorized access to a system. Transport Layer Security (TLS) is the successor protocol to Secure Sockets Layer (SSL). Although the Oracle configuration parameters have names that include "SSL", such as SSL_VERSION and SSL_CIPHER_SUITES, they refer to TLS. Use authentication to prove the identities of users who are attempting to log on to the database. Oracle Database enables strong authentication with Oracle authentication adapters that support various third-party authentication services, including TLS with digital certificates, as well as Smart Cards (CAC, PIV).
Checks: C-40942r998251_chk

If all user accounts are authenticated by the organization-level authentication/access mechanism and not by the DBMS, this is not a finding. Review DBMS settings, OS settings, and/or enterprise-level authentication/access mechanism settings to determine whether user accounts are required to use multifactor authentication. If user accounts are not required to use multifactor authentication, this is a finding. If the $ORACLE_HOME/network/admin/sqlnet.ora contains entries similar to the following, TLS is enabled. (Note: This assumes that a single sqlnet.ora file, in the default location, is in use. Refer to the supplemental file "Non-default sqlnet.ora configurations.pdf" for how to find multiple and/or differently located sqlnet.ora files.) SQLNET.AUTHENTICATION_SERVICES= (BEQ, TCPS) SSL_VERSION = 1.2 SSL_CLIENT_AUTHENTICATION = TRUE WALLET_LOCATION = (SOURCE = (METHOD = FILE) (METHOD_DATA = (DIRECTORY = /u01/app/oracle/product/12.1.0/dbhome_1/owm/wallets) ) ) SSL_CIPHER_SUITES= (SSL_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384) ADR_BASE = /u01/app/oracle

Fix: F-40905r1015774_fix

Configure DBMS, OS and/or enterprise-level authentication/access mechanism to require multifactor authentication for user accounts. If appropriate, enable support for TLS protocols and multifactor authentication through the use of smart cards (CAC/PIV). Oracle Database is capable of being configured to integrate users with an enterprise-level authentication/access mechanism. The directions are in the Oracle Database Security Guide, Section 6: https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/dbseg/database-security-guide.pdf This section will give detailed step-by-step directions to configure authentication using PKI certificates for centrally managed users by configuring SSL in the Oracle database and integrating with LDAP.

b
The DBMS must ensure users are authenticated with an individual authenticator prior to using a shared authenticator.
IA-2 - Medium - CCI-000764 - V-237724 - SV-237724r960969_rule
RMF Control
IA-2
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000764
Version
O121-C2-013300
Vuln IDs
  • V-237724
  • V-61711
Rule IDs
  • SV-237724r960969_rule
  • SV-76201
To assure individual accountability and prevent unauthorized access, application users (and any processes acting on behalf of users) must be individually identified and authenticated. A shared authenticator is a generic account used by multiple individuals. Use of a shared authenticator alone does not uniquely identify individual users. An example of a shared authenticator is the UNIX OS 'root' user account, a Windows 'administrator' account, an 'SA' account, or a 'helpdesk' account. For example, the UNIX and Windows operating systems offer a 'switch user' capability allowing users to authenticate with their individual credentials and, when needed, 'switch' to the administrator role. This method provides for unique individual authentication prior to using a shared authenticator. Some applications may not have the need to provide a group authenticator; this is considered a matter of application design. In those instances where the application design includes the use of a shared authenticator, this requirement will apply. There may also be instances when specific user actions need to be performed on the information system without unique user identification or authentication. An example of this type of access is a web server which contains publicly releasable information. These types of accesses are allowed but must be explicitly identified and documented by the organization. When shared accounts are utilized without another means of identifying individual users, users may deny having performed a particular action.
Checks: C-40943r667202_chk

Review DBMS settings, OS settings, and/or enterprise-level authentication/access mechanism settings to determine whether shared accounts exist. If group accounts do not exist, this is NA. Review DBMS settings to determine if individual authentication is required before shared authentication. If shared authentication does not require prior individual authentication, this is a finding. (Oracle Access Manager may be helpful in meeting this requirement. Notes on Oracle Access Manager follow.) Oracle Access Manager is used when there is a need for multifactor authentication of applications front-ending Oracle Datasets that may use group accounts. Oracle Access Manager supports using PKI-based smart cards (CAC, PIV) for multifactor authentication. When a user authenticates to a smart card application, the smart card engine produces a certificate-based authentication token. Can configure a certificate-based authentication scheme in Oracle Access Manager that uses information from the smart card certificate. Certificate-based authentication works with any smart card or similar device that presents an X.509 certificate. Check: First, check that the Authentication Module is set up properly: 1) Go to Oracle Access Manager Home Screen and click the Policy Configuration tab. Select the X509Scheme. 2) Make sure the Authentication Module option is set to X509Plugin. Second, check that the Authentication policy is using the x509Scheme: 1) Go to Oracle Access Manager Home Screen and click the Policy Configuration tab. 2) Select Application Domains. Select Search. 3) Select the application domain protecting the Oracle Database. 4) Select the Authentication Polices tab and Click Protected Resource Policy. 5) Make sure the Authentication Scheme is set to x509Scheme.

Fix: F-40906r667203_fix

Configure DBMS, OS and/or enterprise-level authentication/access mechanism to require individual authentication prior to authentication for shared account access. If appropriate, install Oracle Access Manager to provide multifactor authentication of applications front-ending Oracle Databases and using shared accounts. After installation, use x509 Authentication modules provided out of the box.

b
The DBMS must disable user accounts after 35 days of inactivity.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-237725 - SV-237725r961863_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
O121-C2-013800
Vuln IDs
  • V-237725
  • V-61717
Rule IDs
  • SV-237725r961863_rule
  • SV-76207
Attackers that are able to exploit an inactive DBMS account can potentially obtain and maintain undetected access to the database. Owners of inactive DBMS accounts will not notice if unauthorized access to their user account has been obtained. All DBMS need to track periods of user inactivity and disable accounts after 35 days of inactivity. Such a process greatly reduces the risk that accounts will be hijacked, leading to a data compromise. To address access requirements, some database administrators choose to integrate their databases with enterprise-level authentication/access mechanisms that meet or exceed access control policy requirements. Such integration allows the database administrator to off-load those access control functions and focus on core application features and functionality. This policy does not apply to either emergency accounts or infrequently used accounts. Infrequently used accounts are local logon administrator accounts used by system administrators when network or normal logon/access is not available. Emergency accounts are administrator accounts created in response to crisis situations. Note that user authentication and account management must be done via an enterprise-wide mechanism whenever possible. Examples of enterprise-level authentication/access mechanisms include, but are not limited to, Active Directory and LDAP. This requirement applies to cases where it is necessary to have accounts directly managed by Oracle.
Checks: C-40944r708386_chk

If all user accounts are managed and authenticated by the OS or an enterprise-level authentication/access mechanism, and not by Oracle, this is not a finding. For accounts managed by Oracle, check DBMS settings to determine if accounts are automatically disabled by the system after 35 days of inactivity. In Oracle 12c, Oracle introduced a new security parameter in the profile called INACTIVE_ACCOUNT_TIME. The INACTIVE_ACCOUNT_TIME parameter specifies the number of days permitted the account will be in OPEN state since the last login, after that will be LOCKED if no successful logins happens after the specified duration. Check to see what profile each user is associated with, if any, with this query: select username, profile from dba_users order by 1,2; Then check the profile to see what the inactive_account_time is set to in the table dba_profiles; the inactive_account_time is a value stored in the LIMIT column, and identified by the value inactive_account_time in the RESOURCE_NAME column. SQL&gt;select profile, resource_name, resource_type, limit from dba_profiles where upper(resource_name) = 'INACTIVE_ACCOUNT_TIME'; If the INACTIVE_ACCOUNT_TIME parameter is set to UNLIMITED (default) or it is set to more than 35 days, this is a finding. If INACTIVE_ACCOUNT_TIME is not a parameter associated with the profile then check for a script or an automated job that is run daily that checks the audit trail or other means to make sure every user account has logged in within the last 35 days. If one is not present, this is a finding.

Fix: F-40907r667206_fix

For accounts managed by Oracle, issue the statement: ALTER PROFILE profile_name LIMIT inactive_account_time 35; Or Change the profile for the DBMS account to ORA_STIG_PROFILE (which has the inactive_account_time parameter set to 35): ALTER USER user_name PROFILE ora_stig_profile; An alternate method is to create a script or store procedure that runs once a day. Write a SQL statement to determine accounts that have not logged in within 35 days: Example: select username from dba_audit_trail where action_name = 'LOGON' group by username having max(timestamp) < sysdate - 36 And then disable all accounts that have not logged in within 35 days.

b
The DBMS must support organizational requirements to enforce minimum password length.
- Medium - CCI-004066 - V-237726 - SV-237726r1015776_rule
RMF Control
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-004066
Version
O121-C2-013900
Vuln IDs
  • V-237726
  • V-61719
Rule IDs
  • SV-237726r1015776_rule
  • SV-76209
Password complexity, or strength, is a measure of the effectiveness of a password in resisting attempts at guessing and brute-force attacks. To meet password policy requirements, passwords need to be changed at specific policy-based intervals. If the information system or application allows the user to consecutively reuse their password when that password has exceeded its defined lifetime, the end result is a password that is not changed as per policy requirements. Weak passwords are a primary target for attack to gain unauthorized access to databases and other systems. Where username/password is used for identification and authentication to the database, requiring the use of strong passwords can help prevent simple and more sophisticated methods for guessing at passwords. Note that user authentication and account management must be done via an enterprise-wide mechanism whenever possible. Examples of enterprise-level authentication/access mechanisms include, but are not limited to, Active Directory and LDAP. This requirement applies to cases where it is necessary to have accounts directly managed by Oracle.
Checks: C-40945r998257_chk

If all user accounts are authenticated by the OS or an enterprise-level authentication/access mechanism, and not by Oracle, this is not a finding. For each profile that can be applied to accounts where authentication is under Oracle's control, determine the password verification function, if any, that is in use: SELECT * FROM SYS.DBA_PROFILES WHERE RESOURCE_NAME = 'PASSWORD_VERIFY_FUNCTION' [AND PROFILE NOT IN (&lt;list of non-applicable profiles&gt;)] ORDER BY PROFILE; Bearing in mind that a profile can inherit from another profile, and the root profile is called DEFAULT, determine the name of the password verification function effective for each profile. If, for any profile, the function name is null, this is a finding. For each password verification function, examine its source code. If it does not enforce the DOD-defined minimum length (15 unless otherwise specified), this is a finding.

Fix: F-40908r998258_fix

If all user accounts are authenticated by the OS or an enterprise-level authentication/access mechanism, and not by Oracle, no fix to the DBMS is required. If any user accounts are managed by Oracle, develop, test, and implement a password verification function that enforces DOD requirements. Oracle supplies a sample function called ORA12C_STRONG_VERIFY_FUNCTION. This can be used as the starting point for a customized function. The script file is found in the following location on the server depending on OS: Windows: %ORACLE_HOME%\RDBMS\ADMIN\catpvf.sql UNIX/Linux: $ORACLE_HOME/rdbms/admin/catpvf.sql

b
The DBMS must support organizational requirements to prohibit password reuse for the organization-defined number of generations.
- Medium - CCI-004061 - V-237727 - SV-237727r998262_rule
RMF Control
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-004061
Version
O121-C2-014000
Vuln IDs
  • V-237727
  • V-61721
Rule IDs
  • SV-237727r998262_rule
  • SV-76211
Password complexity, or strength, is a measure of the effectiveness of a password in resisting attempts at guessing and brute-force attacks. To meet password policy requirements, passwords need to be changed at specific policy-based intervals. If the information system or application allows the user to consecutively reuse their password when that password has exceeded its defined lifetime, the end result is a password that is not changed as per policy requirements. Password reuse restrictions protect against bypass of password expiration requirements and help protect accounts from password guessing attempts. Note that user authentication and account management must be done via an enterprise-wide mechanism whenever possible. Examples of enterprise-level authentication/access mechanisms include, but are not limited to, Active Directory and LDAP. This requirement applies to cases where it is necessary to have accounts directly managed by Oracle.
Checks: C-40946r998260_chk

If all user accounts are authenticated by the OS or an enterprise-level authentication/access mechanism, and not by Oracle, this is not a finding. For each profile that can be applied to accounts where authentication is under Oracle's control, determine the password reuse rule, if any, that is in effect: SELECT * FROM SYS.DBA_PROFILES WHERE RESOURCE_NAME IN ('PASSWORD_REUSE_MAX', 'PASSWORD_REUSE_TIME') [AND PROFILE NOT IN (&lt;list of non-applicable profiles&gt;)] ORDER BY PROFILE, RESOURCE_NAME; Bearing in mind that a profile can inherit from another profile, and the root profile is called DEFAULT, determine the value of the PASSWORD_REUSE_MAX effective for each profile. If, for any profile, the PASSWORD_REUSE_MAX value does not enforce the DOD-defined minimum number of password changes before a password may be repeated (five or greater), this is a finding. PASSWORD_REUSE_MAX is effective if and only if PASSWORD_REUSE_TIME is specified, so if both are UNLIMITED, this is a finding.

Fix: F-40909r998261_fix

If all user accounts are authenticated by the OS or an enterprise-level authentication/access mechanism, and not by Oracle, no fix to the DBMS is required. If any user accounts are managed by Oracle, for each profile, set the PASSWORD_REUSE_MAX to enforce the DOD-defined minimum number of password changes before a password may be repeated (five or greater). PASSWORD_REUSE_MAX is effective if and only if PASSWORD_REUSE_TIME is specified, so ensure also that it has a meaningful value. Since the minimum password lifetime is one day, the smallest meaningful value is the same as the PASSWORD_REUSE_MAX value. Using PPPPPP as an example, the statement to do this is: ALTER PROFILE PPPPPP LIMIT PASSWORD_REUSE_MAX 5 PASSWORD_REUSE_TIME 5;

b
The DBMS must support organizational requirements to enforce password complexity by the number of uppercase characters used.
- Medium - CCI-004066 - V-237728 - SV-237728r1015777_rule
RMF Control
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-004066
Version
O121-C2-014100
Vuln IDs
  • V-237728
  • V-61723
Rule IDs
  • SV-237728r1015777_rule
  • SV-76213
Password complexity or strength is a measure of the effectiveness of a password in resisting attempts at guessing and brute-force attacks. Password complexity is one factor of several that determine how long it takes to crack a password. The more complex the password is, the greater the number of possible combinations that need to be tested before the password is compromised. Use of a complex password helps to increase the time and resources required to compromise the password. Note that user authentication and account management must be done via an enterprise-wide mechanism whenever possible. Examples of enterprise-level authentication/access mechanisms include, but are not limited to, Active Directory and LDAP. This requirement applies to cases where it is necessary to have accounts directly managed by Oracle.
Checks: C-40947r998263_chk

If all user accounts are managed and authenticated by the OS or an enterprise-level authentication/access mechanism, and not by Oracle, this is not a finding. For each profile that can be applied to accounts where authentication is under Oracle's control, determine the password verification function, if any, that is in use: SELECT * FROM SYS.DBA_PROFILES WHERE RESOURCE_NAME = 'PASSWORD_VERIFY_FUNCTION' [AND PROFILE NOT IN (&lt;list of non-applicable profiles&gt;)] ORDER BY PROFILE; Bearing in mind that a profile can inherit from another profile, and the root profile is called DEFAULT, determine the name of the password verification function effective for each profile. If, for any profile, the function name is null, this is a finding. For each password verification function, examine its source code. If it does not enforce the organization-defined minimum number of uppercase characters (one, unless otherwise specified), this is a finding.

Fix: F-40910r998264_fix

If all user accounts are authenticated by the OS or an enterprise-level authentication/access mechanism, and not by Oracle, no fix to the DBMS is required. If any user accounts are managed by Oracle, develop, test, and implement a password verification function that enforces DOD requirements. Oracle supplies a sample function called ORA12C_STRONG_VERIFY_FUNCTION. This can be used as the starting point for a customized function. The script file is found in the following location on the server depending on OS: Windows: %ORACLE_HOME%\RDBMS\ADMIN\catpvf.sql UNIX/Linux: $ORACLE_HOME/rdbms/admin/catpvf.sql

b
The DBMS must support organizational requirements to enforce password complexity by the number of lowercase characters used.
- Medium - CCI-004066 - V-237729 - SV-237729r1015778_rule
RMF Control
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-004066
Version
O121-C2-014200
Vuln IDs
  • V-237729
  • V-61725
Rule IDs
  • SV-237729r1015778_rule
  • SV-76215
Password complexity or strength is a measure of the effectiveness of a password in resisting attempts at guessing and brute-force attacks. Password complexity is one factor of several that determine how long it takes to crack a password. The more complex the password is, the greater the number of possible combinations that need to be tested before the password is compromised. Use of a complex password helps to increase the time and resources required to compromise the password. Note that user authentication and account management must be done via an enterprise-wide mechanism whenever possible. Examples of enterprise-level authentication/access mechanisms include, but are not limited to, Active Directory and LDAP. This requirement applies to cases where it is necessary to have accounts directly managed by Oracle.
Checks: C-40948r998266_chk

If all user accounts are managed and authenticated by the OS or an enterprise-level authentication/access mechanism, and not by Oracle, this is not a finding. For each profile that can be applied to accounts where authentication is under Oracle's control, determine the password verification function, if any, that is in use: SELECT * FROM SYS.DBA_PROFILES WHERE RESOURCE_NAME = 'PASSWORD_VERIFY_FUNCTION' [AND PROFILE NOT IN (&lt;list of non-applicable profiles&gt;)] ORDER BY PROFILE; Bearing in mind that a profile can inherit from another profile, and the root profile is called DEFAULT, determine the name of the password verification function effective for each profile. If, for any profile, the function name is null, this is a finding. For each password verification function, examine its source code. If it does not enforce the organization-defined minimum number of lowercase characters (one, unless otherwise specified), this is a finding.

Fix: F-40911r998267_fix

If all user accounts are authenticated by the OS or an enterprise-level authentication/access mechanism, and not by Oracle, no fix to the DBMS is required. If any user accounts are managed by Oracle, develop, test, and implement a password verification function that enforces DOD requirements. Oracle supplies a sample function called ORA12C_STRONG_VERIFY_FUNCTION. This can be used as the starting point for a customized function. The script file is found in the following location on the server depending on OS: Windows: %ORACLE_HOME%\RDBMS\ADMIN\catpvf.sql UNIX/Linux: $ORACLE_HOME/rdbms/admin/catpvf.sql

b
The DBMS must support organizational requirements to enforce password complexity by the number of numeric characters used.
- Medium - CCI-004066 - V-237730 - SV-237730r1015779_rule
RMF Control
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-004066
Version
O121-C2-014300
Vuln IDs
  • V-237730
  • V-61727
Rule IDs
  • SV-237730r1015779_rule
  • SV-76217
Password complexity or strength is a measure of the effectiveness of a password in resisting attempts at guessing and brute-force attacks. Password complexity is one factor of several that determine how long it takes to crack a password. The more complex the password is, the greater the number of possible combinations that need to be tested before the password is compromised. Use of a complex password helps to increase the time and resources required to compromise the password. Note that user authentication and account management must be done via an enterprise-wide mechanism whenever possible. Examples of enterprise-level authentication/access mechanisms include, but are not limited to, Active Directory and LDAP. This requirement applies to cases where it is necessary to have accounts directly managed by Oracle.
Checks: C-40949r998269_chk

If all user accounts are managed and authenticated by the OS or an enterprise-level authentication/access mechanism, and not by Oracle, this is not a finding. For each profile that can be applied to accounts where authentication is under Oracle's control, determine the password verification function, if any, that is in use: SELECT * FROM SYS.DBA_PROFILES WHERE RESOURCE_NAME = 'PASSWORD_VERIFY_FUNCTION' [AND PROFILE NOT IN (&lt;list of non-applicable profiles&gt;)] ORDER BY PROFILE; Bearing in mind that a profile can inherit from another profile, and the root profile is called DEFAULT, determine the name of the password verification function effective for each profile. If, for any profile, the function name is null, this is a finding. For each password verification function, examine its source code. If it does not enforce the organization-defined minimum number of numeric characters (one, unless otherwise specified), this is a finding.

Fix: F-40912r998270_fix

If all user accounts are authenticated by the OS or an enterprise-level authentication/access mechanism, and not by Oracle, no fix to the DBMS is required. If any user accounts are managed by Oracle, develop, test, and implement a password verification function that enforces DOD requirements. Oracle supplies a sample function called ORA12C_STRONG_VERIFY_FUNCTION. This can be used as the starting point for a customized function. The script file is found in the following location on the server depending on OS: Windows: %ORACLE_HOME%\RDBMS\ADMIN\catpvf.sql UNIX/Linux: $ORACLE_HOME/rdbms/admin/catpvf.sql

b
The DBMS must support organizational requirements to enforce password complexity by the number of special characters used.
- Medium - CCI-004066 - V-237731 - SV-237731r1015780_rule
RMF Control
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-004066
Version
O121-C2-014400
Vuln IDs
  • V-237731
  • V-61729
Rule IDs
  • SV-237731r1015780_rule
  • SV-76219
Password complexity or strength is a measure of the effectiveness of a password in resisting attempts at guessing and brute-force attacks. Password complexity is one factor of several that determine how long it takes to crack a password. The more complex the password is, the greater the number of possible combinations that need to be tested before the password is compromised. Use of a complex password helps to increase the time and resources required to compromise the password. Note that user authentication and account management must be done via an enterprise-wide mechanism whenever possible. Examples of enterprise-level authentication/access mechanisms include, but are not limited to, Active Directory and LDAP. This requirement applies to cases where it is necessary to have accounts directly managed by Oracle.
Checks: C-40950r998272_chk

If all user accounts are managed and authenticated by the OS or an enterprise-level authentication/access mechanism, and not by Oracle, this is not a finding. For each profile that can be applied to accounts where authentication is under Oracle's control, determine the password verification function, if any, that is in use: SELECT * FROM SYS.DBA_PROFILES WHERE RESOURCE_NAME = 'PASSWORD_VERIFY_FUNCTION' [AND PROFILE NOT IN (&lt;list of non-applicable profiles&gt;)] ORDER BY PROFILE; Bearing in mind that a profile can inherit from another profile, and the root profile is called DEFAULT, determine the name of the password verification function effective for each profile. If, for any profile, the function name is null, this is a finding. For each password verification function, examine its source code. If it does not enforce the organization-defined minimum number of special characters (one, unless otherwise specified), this is a finding.

Fix: F-40913r998273_fix

If all user accounts are authenticated by the OS or an enterprise-level authentication/access mechanism, and not by Oracle, no fix to the DBMS is required. If any user accounts are managed by Oracle, develop, test, and implement a password verification function that enforces DOD requirements. Oracle supplies a sample function called ORA12C_STRONG_VERIFY_FUNCTION. This can be used as the starting point for a customized function. The script file is found in the following location on the server depending on OS: Windows: %ORACLE_HOME%\RDBMS\ADMIN\catpvf.sql UNIX/Linux: $ORACLE_HOME/rdbms/admin/catpvf.sql

b
The DBMS must support organizational requirements to enforce the number of characters that get changed when passwords are changed.
- Medium - CCI-004066 - V-237732 - SV-237732r1015781_rule
RMF Control
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-004066
Version
O121-C2-014500
Vuln IDs
  • V-237732
  • V-61731
Rule IDs
  • SV-237732r1015781_rule
  • SV-76221
Passwords need to be changed at specific policy-based intervals. If the information system or application allows the user to consecutively reuse extensive portions of their password when they change their password, the end result is a password that has not had enough elements changed to meet the policy requirements. Changing passwords frequently can thwart password-guessing attempts or re-establish protection of a compromised DBMS account. Minor changes to passwords may not accomplish this since password guessing may be able to continue to build on previous guesses, or the new password may be easily guessed using the old password. Note that user authentication and account management must be done via an enterprise-wide mechanism whenever possible. Examples of enterprise-level authentication/access mechanisms include, but are not limited to, Active Directory and LDAP. This requirement applies to cases where it is necessary to have accounts directly managed by Oracle.
Checks: C-40951r998275_chk

If all user accounts are managed and authenticated by the OS or an enterprise-level authentication/access mechanism, and not by Oracle, this is not a finding. For each profile that can be applied to accounts where authentication is under Oracle's control, determine the password verification function, if any, that is in use: SELECT * FROM SYS.DBA_PROFILES WHERE RESOURCE_NAME = 'PASSWORD_VERIFY_FUNCTION' [AND PROFILE NOT IN (&lt;list of non-applicable profiles&gt;)] ORDER BY PROFILE; Bearing in mind that a profile can inherit from another profile, and the root profile is called DEFAULT, determine the name of the password verification function effective for each profile. If, for any profile, the function name is null, this is a finding. For each password verification function, examine its source code. If it does not enforce the organization-defined minimum number of characters by which the password must differ from the previous password (eight characters unless otherwise specified), this is a finding.

Fix: F-40914r998276_fix

If any user accounts are managed by Oracle, develop, test, and implement a password verification function that enforces DOD requirements. Oracle supplies a sample function called ORA12C_STRONG_VERIFY_FUNCTION. This can be used as the starting point for a customized function. The script file is found in the following location on the server depending on OS: Windows: %ORACLE_HOME%\RDBMS\ADMIN\catpvf.sql UNIX/Linux: $ORACLE_HOME/rdbms/admin/catpvf.sql

b
Procedures for establishing temporary passwords that meet DOD password requirements for new accounts must be defined, documented, and implemented.
- Medium - CCI-004066 - V-237733 - SV-237733r1015782_rule
RMF Control
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-004066
Version
O121-C2-014900
Vuln IDs
  • V-237733
  • V-61735
Rule IDs
  • SV-237733r1015782_rule
  • SV-76225
Password maximum lifetime is the maximum period of time, (typically in days) a user's password may be in effect before the user is forced to change it. Passwords need to be changed at specific policy-based intervals as per policy. Any password, no matter how complex, can eventually be cracked. One method of minimizing this risk is to use complex passwords and periodically change them. If the application does not limit the lifetime of passwords and force users to change their passwords, there is the risk that the system and/or application passwords could be compromised. New accounts authenticated by passwords that are created without a password or with an easily guessed password are vulnerable to unauthorized access. Procedures for creating new accounts with passwords should include the required assignment of a temporary password to be modified by the user upon first use. Note that user authentication and account management must be done via an enterprise-wide mechanism whenever possible. Examples of enterprise-level authentication/access mechanisms include, but are not limited to, Active Directory and LDAP. With respect to Oracle, this requirement applies to cases where it is necessary to have accounts directly managed by Oracle.
Checks: C-40952r998278_chk

If all user accounts are authenticated by the OS or an enterprise-level authentication/access mechanism, and not by Oracle, this is not a finding. Where accounts are authenticated using passwords, review procedures and implementation evidence for creation of temporary passwords. If the procedures or evidence do not exist or do not enforce passwords to meet DOD password requirements, this is a finding.

Fix: F-40915r998279_fix

Implement procedures for assigning temporary passwords to user accounts. Procedures should include instructions to meet current DOD password length and complexity requirements and provide a secure method to relay the temporary password to the user.

b
DBMS passwords must not be stored in compiled, encoded, or encrypted batch jobs or compiled, encoded, or encrypted application source code.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-237734 - SV-237734r961863_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
O121-C2-015100
Vuln IDs
  • V-237734
  • V-61737
Rule IDs
  • SV-237734r961863_rule
  • SV-76227
Password maximum lifetime is the maximum period of time, (typically in days) a user's password may be in effect before the user is forced to change it. Passwords need to be changed at specific policy-based intervals as per policy. Any password, no matter how complex, can eventually be cracked. One method of minimizing this risk is to use complex passwords and periodically change them. If the application does not limit the lifetime of passwords and force users to change their passwords, there is the risk that the system and/or application passwords could be compromised. The storage of passwords in application source or batch job code that is compiled, encoded, or encrypted prevents compliance with password expiration and other management requirements, as well as provides another means for potential discovery. This requirement applies equally to those accounts managed by Oracle and those managed and authenticated by the OS or an enterprise-wide mechanism. This requirement should not be construed as prohibiting or discouraging the encryption of source code, which remains an advisable precaution. Transport Layer Security (TLS) is the successor protocol to Secure Sockets Layer (SSL). Although the Oracle configuration parameters have names including 'SSL', such as SSL_VERSION and SSL_CIPHER_SUITES, they refer to TLS. This calls for inspection of application source code, which will require collaboration with the application developers. It is recognized that in many cases, the database administrator (DBA) is organizationally separate from the application developers and may have limited, if any, access to source code. Nevertheless, protections of this type are so important to the secure operation of databases that they must not be ignored. At a minimum, the DBA must attempt to obtain assurances from the development organization that this issue has been addressed and must document what has been discovered.
Checks: C-40953r667232_chk

Review application source code required to be encoded or encrypted for database accounts used by applications or batch jobs to access the database. Review source batch job code prior to compiling, encoding, or encrypting for database accounts used by applications or the batch jobs themselves to access the database. Determine if the compiled, encoded, or encrypted application source code or batch jobs contain passwords used for authentication to the database. If any of the identified compiled, encoded, or encrypted application source code or batch job code do contain passwords used for authentication to the database, this is a finding. - - - - - The check would depend on the information provided by the DBA. In a default Oracle installation, all passwords are stored in an encrypted manner. Ask the DBA if they have created an External Password Store for applications, batch jobs, and scripts to use. Secure External Password Store Can store password credentials for connecting to databases by using a client-side Oracle wallet. An Oracle wallet is a secure software container that stores authentication and signing credentials. This wallet usage can simplify large-scale deployments that rely on password credentials for connecting to databases. When this feature is configured, application code, batch jobs, and scripts no longer need embedded user names and passwords. This reduces risk because the passwords are no longer exposed, and password management policies are more easily enforced without changing application code whenever user names or passwords change. The external password store of the wallet is separate from the area where public key infrastructure (PKI) credentials are stored. Consequently, cannot use Oracle Wallet Manager to manage credentials in the external password store of the wallet. Instead, use the command-line utility mkstore to manage these credentials. How Does the External Password Store Work? Typically, users (and as applications, batch jobs, and scripts) connect to databases by using a standard CONNECT statement that specifies a database connection string. This string can include a user name and password, and an Oracle Net service name identifying the database on an Oracle Database network. If the password is omitted, the connection prompts the user for the password. For example, the service name could be the URL that identifies that database, or a TNS alias entered in the tnsnames.ora file in the database. Another possibility is a host:port:sid string. The following examples are standard CONNECT statements that could be used for a client that is not configured to use the external password store: CONNECT salesapp@sales_db.us.example.com Enter password: password CONNECT salesapp@orasales Enter password: password CONNECT salesapp@ourhost37:1527:DB17 Enter password: password In these examples, salesapp is the user name, with the unique connection string for the database shown as specified in three different ways. Could use its URL sales_db.us.example.com, or its TNS alias, orasales, from the tnsnames.ora file, or its host:port:sid string. However, when clients are configured to use the secure external password store, applications can connect to a database with the following CONNECT statement syntax, without specifying database logon credentials: CONNECT /@db_connect_string CONNECT /@db_connect_string AS SYSDBA CONNECT /@db_connect_string AS SYSOPER In this specification, db_connect_string is a valid connection string to access the intended database, such as the service name, URL, or alias as shown in the earlier examples. Each user account must have its own unique connection string; cannot create one connection string for multiple users. In this case, the database credentials, user name and password, are securely stored in an Oracle wallet created for this purpose. The autologon feature of this wallet is turned on, so the system does not need a password to open the wallet. From the wallet, it gets the credentials to access the database for the user they represent.

Fix: F-40916r667233_fix

Design DBMS application code and batch job code that is compiled, encoded or encrypted, to NOT contain passwords. - - - - - Oracle provides the capability to provide for a secure external password facility. Use the Oracle mkstore to create a secure storage area for passwords for applications, batch jobs, and scripts to use or deploy a site-authorized facility to perform this function. Check to see what has been stored in the Oracle External Password Store To view all contents of a client wallet external password store, check specific credentials by viewing them. Listing the external password store contents provides information can use to decide whether to add or delete credentials from the store. To list the contents of the external password store, enter the following command at the command line: $ mkstore -wrl wallet_location -listCredential For example: $ mkstore -wrl c:\oracle\product\12.1.0\db_1\wallets -listCredential The wallet_location specifies the path to the directory where the wallet, whose external password store contents is to be viewed, is located. This command lists all of the credential database service names (aliases) and the corresponding user name (schema) for that database. Passwords are not listed. Configuring Clients to Use the External Password Store If the client is already configured to use external authentication, such as Windows native authentication or Transport Layer Security (TLS), then Oracle Database uses that authentication method. The same credentials used for this type of authentication are typically also used to log on to the database. For clients not using such authentication methods or wanting to override them for database authentication, can set the SQLNET.WALLET_OVERRIDE parameter in sqlnet.ora to TRUE. The default value for SQLNET.WALLET_OVERRIDE is FALSE, allowing standard use of authentication credentials as before. If wanting a client to use the secure external password store feature, then perform the following configuration task: 1. Create a wallet on the client by using the following syntax at the command line: mkstore -wrl wallet_location -create For example: mkstore -wrl c:\oracle\product\12.1.0\db_1\wallets -create Enter password: password The wallet_location is the path to the directory where the wallet is to be created and stored. This command creates an Oracle wallet with the autologon feature enabled at the location specified. The autologon feature enables the client to access the wallet contents without supplying a password. The mkstore utility -create option uses password complexity verification. 2. Create database connection credentials in the wallet by using the following syntax at the command line: mkstore -wrl wallet_location -createCredential db_connect_string username Enter password: password For example: mkstore -wrl c:\oracle\product\12.1.0\db_1\wallets -createCredential oracle system Enter password: password In this specification: The wallet_location is the path to the directory where the wallet was created. The db_connect_string used in the CONNECT /@db_connect_string statement must be identical to the db_connect_string specified in the -createCredential command. The db_connect_string is the TNS alias used to specify the database in the tnsnames.ora file or any service name used to identify the database on an Oracle network. By default, tnsnames.ora is located in the $ORACLE_HOME/network/admin directory on UNIX systems and in ORACLE_HOME\network\admin on Windows. The username is the database logon credential. When prompted, enter the password for this user. 3. In the client sqlnet.ora file, enter the WALLET_LOCATION parameter and set it to the directory location of the wallet created in Step 1. For example, if the wallet was created in $ORACLE_HOME/network/admin and Oracle home is set to /private/ora12, then need to enter the following into your client sqlnet.ora file: WALLET_LOCATION = (SOURCE = (METHOD = FILE) (METHOD_DATA = (DIRECTORY = /private/ora12/network/admin) ) ) 4. In the client sqlnet.ora file, enter the SQLNET.WALLET_OVERRIDE parameter and set it to TRUE as follows: SQLNET.WALLET_OVERRIDE = TRUE setting causes all CONNECT /@db_connect_string statements to use the information in the wallet at the specified location to authenticate to databases. When external authentication is in use, an authenticated user with such a wallet can use the CONNECT /@db_connect_string syntax to access the previously specified databases without providing a user name and password. However, if a user fails that external authentication, then these connect statements also fail. Below is a sample sqlnet.ora file with the WALLET_LOCATION and the SQLNET.WALLET_OVERRIDE parameters set as described in Steps 3 and 4. Below is a sample SQLNET.ORA File with Wallet Parameters Set WALLET_LOCATION = (SOURCE = (METHOD = FILE) (METHOD_DATA = (DIRECTORY = /private/ora12/network/admin) ) ) SQLNET.WALLET_OVERRIDE = TRUE SSL_CLIENT_AUTHENTICATION = FALSE SSL_VERSION = 1.2 (Note: this assumes that a single sqlnet.ora file, in the default location, is in use. Please see the supplemental file, "Non-default sqlnet.ora configurations.pdf" for how to find multiple and/or differently-located sqlnet.ora files.)

b
The DBMS must enforce password maximum lifetime restrictions.
- Medium - CCI-004066 - V-237735 - SV-237735r1015783_rule
RMF Control
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-004066
Version
O121-C2-015200
Vuln IDs
  • V-237735
  • V-61739
Rule IDs
  • SV-237735r1015783_rule
  • SV-76229
Password maximum lifetime is the maximum period of time, (typically in days) a user's password may be in effect before the user is forced to change it. Passwords need to be changed at specific policy-based intervals as per policy. Any password, no matter how complex, can eventually be cracked. One method of minimizing this risk is to use complex passwords and periodically change them. If the application does not limit the lifetime of passwords and force users to change their passwords, there is the risk that the system and/or application passwords could be compromised. The PASSWORD_LIFE_TIME parameter defines the number of days a password remains valid. This can must not be set to UNLIMITED. Further, the PASSWORD_GRACE_TIME parameter, if set to UNLIMITED, can nullify the PASSWORD_LIFE_TIME. PASSWORD_GRACE_TIME must be set to 0 days (or another small integer). Note: User authentication and account management must be done via an enterprise-wide mechanism whenever possible. Examples of enterprise-level authentication/access mechanisms include, but are not limited to, Active Directory and LDAP. With respect to Oracle, this requirement applies to cases where it is necessary to have accounts directly managed by Oracle.
Checks: C-40954r998281_chk

If all user accounts are authenticated by the OS or an enterprise-level authentication/access mechanism and not by Oracle, this is not a finding. Review DBMS settings to determine if passwords must be changed periodically. Run the following script: SELECT p1.profile, CASE DECODE(p1.limit, 'DEFAULT', p3.limit, p1.limit) WHEN 'UNLIMITED' THEN 'UNLIMITED' ELSE CASE DECODE(p2.limit, 'DEFAULT', p4.limit, p2.limit) WHEN 'UNLIMITED' THEN 'UNLIMITED' ELSE TO_CHAR(DECODE(p1.limit, 'DEFAULT', p3.limit, p1.limit) + DECODE(p2.limit, 'DEFAULT', p4.limit, p2.limit)) END END effective_life_time FROM dba_profiles p1, dba_profiles p2, dba_profiles p3, dba_profiles p4 WHERE p1.profile=p2.profile AND p3.profile='DEFAULT' AND p4.profile='DEFAULT' AND p1.resource_name='PASSWORD_LIFE_TIME' AND p2.resource_name='PASSWORD_GRACE_TIME' AND p3.resource_name='PASSWORD_LIFE_TIME' -- from DEFAULT profile AND p4.resource_name='PASSWORD_GRACE_TIME' -- from DEFAULT profile order by 1; If the EFFECTIVE_LIFE_TIME is greater than 60 for any profile applied to user accounts, and the need for this has not been documented and approved by the information system security officer (ISSO), this is a finding. If PASSWORD_LIFE_TIME or PASSWORD_GRACE_TIME is set to "UNLIMITED", this is a finding.

Fix: F-40917r998282_fix

For user accounts managed by Oracle, modify DBMS settings to force users to periodically change their passwords. For example, using "PPPPPP" to stand for a profile name: ALTER PROFILE PPPPPP LIMIT PASSWORD_LIFE_TIME 35 PASSWORD_GRACE_TIME 0; Do this for each profile applied to user accounts. Note: Although the DOD requirement is for a password change every 60 days, using a value of 35 facilitates the use of PASSWORD_LIFE_TIME as a means of locking accounts inactive for 35 days. But if 35 is not a practical or acceptable limit for password lifetime, set it to the standard DOD value of 60. Where a password lifetime longer than 60 is needed, document the reasons and obtain ISSO approval.

b
The DBMS must terminate the network connection associated with a communications session at the end of the session or 15 minutes of inactivity.
AC-12 - Medium - CCI-002361 - V-237738 - SV-237738r961221_rule
RMF Control
AC-12
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-002361
Version
O121-C2-016500
Vuln IDs
  • V-237738
  • V-61757
Rule IDs
  • SV-237738r961221_rule
  • SV-76247
Non-local maintenance and diagnostic activities are those activities conducted by individuals communicating through a network, either an external network (e.g., the Internet) or an internal network. The act of managing systems and applications includes the ability to access sensitive application information, such as system configuration details, diagnostic information, user information, and potentially sensitive application data. When applications provide a remote management capability inherent to the application, the application needs to ensure all sessions and network connections are terminated when non-local maintenance is completed. When network connections are left open after the database session has closed, the network session is open to session hijacking. The Oracle Listener inherently meets most of this SRG requirement. When a user logs off, or times out, or encounters an unrecoverable network fault, the Oracle Listener terminates all sessions and network connections. The remaining aspect of the requirement, the timeout because of inactivity, is configurable.
Checks: C-40957r667244_chk

Review DBMS settings, OS settings, and vendor documentation to verify network connections are terminated when a database communications session is ended or after 15 minutes of inactivity. If the network connection is not terminated, this is a finding. The defined duration for these timeouts 15 minutes, except to fulfill documented and validated mission requirements.

Fix: F-40920r667245_fix

Configure DBMS and/or OS settings to disconnect network sessions when database communication sessions have ended or after the DoD-defined period of inactivity. To configure this in Oracle, modify each relevant profile. The resource name is IDLE_TIME, which is expressed in minutes. Using PPPPPP as an example of a profile, set the timeout to 15 minutes with: ALTER PROFILE PPPPPP LIMIT IDLE_TIME 15;

c
The DBMS must implement required cryptographic protections using cryptographic modules complying with applicable federal laws, Executive Orders, directives, policies, regulations, standards, and guidance.
IA-7 - High - CCI-000803 - V-237739 - SV-237739r961050_rule
RMF Control
IA-7
Severity
High
CCI
CCI-000803
Version
O121-C2-016600
Vuln IDs
  • V-237739
  • V-61759
Rule IDs
  • SV-237739r961050_rule
  • SV-76249
Use of cryptography to provide confidentiality and non-repudiation is not effective unless strong methods are employed. Many earlier encryption methods and modules have been broken and/or overtaken by increasing computing power. The NIST FIPS 140-2 or 140-3 cryptographic standards provide proven methods and strengths to employ cryptography effectively. Detailed information on the NIST Cryptographic Module Validation Program (CMVP) is available at: http://csrc.nist.gov/groups/STM/cmvp/index.html Note: this does not require that all databases be encrypted. It specifies that if encryption is required, then the implementation of the encryption must satisfy the prevailing standards.
Checks: C-40958r903014_chk

If encryption is not required for the database, this is not a finding. If the DBMS has not implemented federally required cryptographic protections for the level of classification of the data it contains, this is a finding. Check the following settings to verify FIPS 140-2 or 140-3 encryption is configured. If encryption is not configured, check with the DBA and SYSTEM Administrator to verify if other mechanisms or third-party products are deployed to encrypt data during the transmission or storage of data. For Transparent Data Encryption and DBMS_CRYPTO: To verify if Oracle is configured for FIPS 140 Transparent Data Encryption and/or DBMS_CRYPTO, enter the following SQL*Plus command: SHOW PARAMETER DBFIPS_140 or the following SQL query: SELECT * FROM SYS.V$PARAMETER WHERE NAME = 'DBFIPS_140'; If Oracle returns the value 'FALSE', or returns no rows, this is a finding. To verify if Oracle is configured for FIPS 140 SSL/TLS authentication and/or Encryption: Verify the DBMS version: select * from V$VERSION; If the version displayed for Oracle Database is lower than 12.1.0.2, this is a finding. If the operating system is Windows and the DBMS version is 12.1.0.2, use the opatch command to display the patches applied to the DBMS. If the patches listed do not include "WINDOWS DB BUNDLE PATCH 12.1.0.2.7", this is a finding. Open the fips.ora file in a browser or editor. (The default location for fips.ora is $ORACLE_HOME/ldap/admin/ but alternate locations are possible. An alternate location, if it is in use, is specified in the FIPS_HOME environment variable.) If the line "SSLFIPS_140=TRUE" is not found in fips.ora, or the file does not exist, this is a finding. For (Native) Network Data Encryption: If the line, SQLNET.FIPS_140=TRUE is not found in $ORACLE_HOME/network/admin/sqlnet.ora, this is a finding. (Note: This assumes that a single sqlnet.ora file, in the default location, is in use. Please see the supplemental file "Non-default sqlnet.ora configurations.pdf" for how to find multiple and/or differently located sqlnet.ora files.) Note: For the Solaris platform, when DBFIPS_140 is FALSE, TDE (but not DBMS_CRYPTO) can still operate in a FIPS 140-compliant manner if FIPS 140 operation is enabled for the Solaris Cryptographic Framework.

Fix: F-40921r667248_fix

Implement required cryptographic protections using cryptographic modules complying with applicable federal laws, Executive Orders, directives, policies, regulations, standards, and guidance. Where not already in effect, upgrade the DBMS to version 12.1.0.2 or higher. Where the operating system is Windows and the DBMS version is 12.1.0.2, install patch "WINDOWS DB BUNDLE PATCH 12.1.0.2.7" if not already deployed. Open the fips.ora file in an editor. (The default location for fips.ora is $ORACLE_HOME/ldap/admin/ but alternate locations are possible. An alternate location, if it is in use, is specified in the FIPS_HOME environment variable.) Create or modify fips.ora to include the line "SSLFIPS_140=TRUE". - - - - - The strength requirements are dependent upon data classification. For unclassified data, where cryptography is required: AES 128 for encryption SHA 256 for hashing NSA has established the suite B encryption requirements for protecting National Security Systems (NSS) as follows: AES 128 for Secret AES 256 for Top Secret SHA 256 for Secret SHA 384 for Top Secret National Security System is defined as: (OMB Circular A-130) Any telecommunications or information system operated by the United States Government, the function, operation, or use of which (1) involves intelligence activities; (2) involves cryptologic activities related to national security; (3) involves command and control of military forces; (4) involves equipment that is an integral part of a weapon or weapons system; or (5) is critical to the direct fulfillment of military or intelligence missions, but excluding any system that is to be used for routine administrative and business applications (including payroll, finance, logistics, and personnel management applications).

b
Database data files containing sensitive information must be encrypted.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-237740 - SV-237740r961863_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
O121-C2-016700
Vuln IDs
  • V-237740
  • V-61761
Rule IDs
  • SV-237740r961863_rule
  • SV-76251
Cryptography is only as strong as the encryption modules/algorithms employed to encrypt the data. Use of weak or untested encryption algorithms undermines the purposes of utilizing encryption to protect data. Data files that are not encrypted are vulnerable to theft. When data files are not encrypted they can be copied and opened on a separate system. The data can be compromised without the information owner's knowledge that the theft has even taken place.
Checks: C-40959r836910_chk

If the database does not handle sensitive information, this is not a finding. Review the system documentation to determine whether the database handles classified information. If the database handles classified information, upgrade the severity Category Code to I. Review the system documentation to discover sensitive or classified data identified by the Information Owner that requires encryption. If no sensitive or classified data is identified as requiring encryption by the Information Owner, this is not a finding. Have the DBA use select statements in the database to review sensitive data stored in tables as identified in the system documentation. To see if Oracle is configured for FIPS 140 Transparent Data Encryption and/or DBMS_CRYPTO, enter the following SQL*Plus command: SHOW PARAMETER DBFIPS_140 or the following SQL query: SELECT * FROM SYS.V$PARAMETER WHERE NAME = 'DBFIPS_140'; If Oracle returns the value 'FALSE', or returns no rows, this is a finding. To see if there are encrypted tablespaces, enter the following SQL*Plus command: SELECT * FROM V$ENCRYPTED_TABLESPACES; If no rows are returned, then there are no encrypted tablespaces. To see if there are encrypted columns within existing tables, enter the following SQL*Plus command: SELECT * FROM DBA_ENCRYPTED_COLUMNS; If no rows are returned, then there are no encrypted columns within existing tables. If all sensitive data identified is encrypted within the database objects, encryption of the DBMS data files is optional and not a finding. If all sensitive data is not encrypted within database objects, review encryption applied to the DBMS host data files. If no encryption is applied, this is a finding.

Fix: F-40922r836911_fix

Obtain and utilize native or third-party NIST-validated FIPS 140-2 or 140-3 compliant cryptography solution for the DBMS. Configure cryptographic functions to use FIPS 140 compliant algorithms and hashing functions. The strength requirements are dependent upon data classification. For unclassified data, where cryptography is required: AES 128 for encryption SHA 256 for hashing NSA has established the suite B encryption requirements for protecting National Security Systems (NSS) as follows. AES 128 for Secret AES 256 for Top Secret SHA 256 for Secret SHA 384 for Top Secret National Security System is defined as: (OMB Circular A-130) Any telecommunications or information system operated by the United States Government, the function, operation, or use of which (1) involves intelligence activities; (2) involves cryptologic activities related to national security; (3) involves command and control of military forces; (4) involves equipment that is an integral part of a weapon or weapons system; or (5) is critical to the direct fulfillment of military or intelligence missions, but excluding any system that is to be used for routine administrative and business applications (including payroll, finance, logistics, and personnel management applications). There is more information on this topic in the Oracle Database 12c Advanced Security Administrator's Guide, which may be found at https://docs.oracle.com/database/121/ASOAG/toc.htm. (Note, however, that because of changes in Oracle's licensing policy, it is no longer necessary to purchase Oracle Advanced Security to use network encryption and advanced authentication.) FIPS documentation can be downloaded from https://csrc.nist.gov/publications/fips

b
The DBMS must automatically terminate emergency accounts after an organization-defined time period for each type of account.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-237741 - SV-237741r961863_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
O121-C2-018600
Vuln IDs
  • V-237741
  • V-61777
Rule IDs
  • SV-237741r961863_rule
  • SV-76267
Emergency application accounts are typically created due to an unforeseen operational event or could ostensibly be used in the event of a vendor support visit where a support representative requires a temporary unique account in order to perform diagnostic testing or conduct some other support-related activity. When these types of accounts are created, there is a risk that the temporary account may remain in place and active after the support representative has left. In the event emergency application accounts are required, the application must ensure accounts that are designated as temporary in nature shall automatically terminate these accounts after an organization-defined time period. Such a process and capability greatly reduces the risk that accounts will be misused, hijacked, or application data compromised. Note that user authentication and account management must be done via an enterprise-wide mechanism whenever possible. Examples of enterprise-level authentication/access mechanisms include, but are not limited to, Active Directory and LDAP. This requirement applies to cases where it is necessary to have accounts directly managed by Oracle. If it is possible for any temporary emergency accounts to be created and managed by Oracle, then the DBMS or application must provide or utilize a mechanism to automatically terminate such accounts after an organization-defined time period. Emergency database accounts must be automatically terminated after an organization-defined time period in order to mitigate the risk of the account being misused.
Checks: C-40960r667253_chk

If the organization has a policy, consistently enforced, forbidding the creation of emergency or temporary accounts, this is not a finding. Check DBMS settings, OS settings, and/or enterprise-level authentication/access mechanisms settings to determine if emergency accounts are being automatically terminated by the system after an organization-defined time period. Check also for custom code (scheduled jobs, procedures, triggers, etc.) for achieving this. If emergency accounts are not being terminated after an organization-defined time period, this is a finding.

Fix: F-40923r667254_fix

Create a profile specifically for emergency or temporary accounts. When creating the accounts, assign them to this profile. Configure DBMS, OS, and/or enterprise-level authentication/access mechanisms, or implement custom code, to terminate accounts with this profile after an organization-defined time period.

b
The DBMS must protect against or limit the effects of organization-defined types of Denial of Service (DoS) attacks.
SC-5 - Medium - CCI-002385 - V-237742 - SV-237742r960735_rule
RMF Control
SC-5
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-002385
Version
O121-C2-019100
Vuln IDs
  • V-237742
  • V-61783
Rule IDs
  • SV-237742r960735_rule
  • SV-76273
A variety of technologies exist to limit, or in some cases, eliminate the effects of DoS attacks. For example, boundary protection devices can filter certain types of packets to protect devices on an organization's internal network from being directly affected by DoS attacks. Employing increased capacity and bandwidth combined with service redundancy may reduce the susceptibility to some DoS attacks. Some of the ways databases can limit their exposure to DoS attacks are through limiting the number of connections that can be opened by a single user and database clustering.
Checks: C-40961r667256_chk

Review DBMS settings to verify the DBMS implements measures to limit the effects of the organization-defined types of Denial of Service (DoS) attacks. If measures have not been implemented, this is a finding. Check the $ORACLE_HOME/network/admin/listener.ora to see if a Rate Limit has been established. A rate limit is used to prevent denial of service (DOS) attacks on a database or to control a logon storm such as may be caused by an application server reboot. - - - - - Example of a listener configuration with rate limiting in effect: CONNECTION_RATE_LISTENER=10 LISTENER= (ADDRESS_LIST= (ADDRESS=(PROTOCOL=tcp)(HOST=)(PORT=1521)(RATE_LIMIT=yes)) (ADDRESS=(PROTOCOL=tcp)(HOST=)(PORT=1522)(RATE_LIMIT=yes)) (ADDRESS=(PROTOCOL=tcp)(HOST=)(PORT=1526)) ) LISTENER= (ADDRESS_LIST= (ADDRESS=(PROTOCOL=tcp)(HOST=)(PORT=1521)(RATE_LIMIT=8)) (ADDRESS=(PROTOCOL=tcp)(HOST=)(PORT=1522)(RATE_LIMIT=12)) (ADDRESS=(PROTOCOL=tcp)(HOST=)(PORT=1526)) )

Fix: F-40924r667257_fix

Implement measures to limit the effects of organization-defined types of Denial of Service attacks. Modify the $ORACLE_HOME/network/admin/listener.ora to establish a Rate Limit.

b
The system must verify there have not been unauthorized changes to the DBMS software and information.
SI-7 - Medium - CCI-002716 - V-237743 - SV-237743r960960_rule
RMF Control
SI-7
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-002716
Version
O121-C2-019600
Vuln IDs
  • V-237743
  • V-61787
Rule IDs
  • SV-237743r960960_rule
  • SV-76277
Organizations are required to employ integrity verification applications on information systems to look for evidence of information tampering, errors, and omissions. The organization is also required to employ good software engineering practices with regard to commercial off-the-shelf integrity mechanisms (e.g., parity checks, cyclical redundancy checks, and cryptographic hashes), and to use tools to automatically monitor the integrity of the information system and the applications it hosts. The DBMS opens data files and reads configuration files at system startup, system shutdown, and during abort recovery efforts. If the DBMS does not verify the trustworthiness of these files, it is vulnerable to malicious alterations of its configuration or unauthorized replacement of data.
Checks: C-40962r667259_chk

Verify the DBMS system initialization/parameter files and software is included in the configuration of any third-party software or custom scripting at the OS level to perform integrity verification. If neither a third-party application nor the OS is performing integrity verification of DBMS system files, this is a finding.

Fix: F-40925r667260_fix

Utilize the OS or a third-party product to perform file verification of DBMS system file integrity. (Using Oracle Configuration Manager with Enterprise Manager, configured to perform this verification, is one possible way of satisfying this requirement.)

c
Use of the DBMS software installation account must be restricted.
CM-5 - High - CCI-001499 - V-237745 - SV-237745r960960_rule
RMF Control
CM-5
Severity
High
CCI
CCI-001499
Version
O121-OS-004600
Vuln IDs
  • V-237745
  • V-61865
Rule IDs
  • SV-237745r960960_rule
  • SV-76355
This requirement is intended to limit exposure due to operating from within a privileged account or role. The inclusion of role is intended to address those situations where an access control policy, such as Role Based Access Control (RBAC), is being implemented and where a change of role provides the same degree of assurance in the change of access authorizations for both the user and all processes acting on behalf of the user as would be provided by a change between a privileged and non-privileged account. To limit exposure when operating from within a privileged account or role, the application must support organizational requirements that users of information system accounts, or roles, with access to organization-defined lists of security functions or security-relevant information, use non-privileged accounts, or roles, when accessing other (non-security) system functions. Use of privileged accounts for non-administrative purposes puts data at risk of unintended or unauthorized loss, modification, or exposure. In particular, DBA accounts if used for non-administration application development or application maintenance can lead to miss-assignment of privileges where privileges are inherited by object owners. It may also lead to loss or compromise of application data where the elevated privileges bypass controls designed in and provided by applications. The DBMS software installation account may require privileges not required for database administration or other functions. Use of accounts configured with excess privileges may result in the loss or compromise of data or system settings due to elevated privileges that bypass controls designed to protect them. This requirement is particularly important because Oracle equates the installation account with the SYS account - the super-DBA. Once logged on to the operating system, this account can connect to the database AS SYSDBA without further authentication. It is very powerful and, by virtue of not being linked to any one person, cannot be audited to the level of the individual.
Checks: C-40964r667265_chk

Review system documentation to identify the installation account. Verify whether the account is used for anything involving interactive activity beyond DBMS software installation, upgrade, and maintenance actions. If the account is used for anything involving interactive activity beyond DBMS software installation, upgrade, and maintenance actions, this is a finding.

Fix: F-40927r667266_fix

Restrict interactive use of the DBMS software installation account to DBMS software installation, upgrade, and maintenance actions only. If possible, disable installation accounts when authorized actions are not being performed. Otherwise, disable the use of the account(s) for interactive activity.

b
The OS must limit privileges to change the DBMS software resident within software libraries (including privileged programs).
CM-5 - Medium - CCI-001499 - V-237746 - SV-237746r960960_rule
RMF Control
CM-5
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001499
Version
O121-OS-011200
Vuln IDs
  • V-237746
  • V-61869
Rule IDs
  • SV-237746r960960_rule
  • SV-76359
When dealing with change control issues, it should be noted, any changes to the hardware, software, and/or firmware components of the information system and/or application can potentially have significant effects on the overall security of the system. If the application were to allow any user to make changes to software libraries, then those changes might be implemented without undergoing the appropriate testing and approvals that are part of a robust change management process. This requirement is contingent upon the language in which the application is programmed, as many application architectures in use today incorporate their software libraries into, and make them inseparable from, their compiled distributions, rendering them static and version-dependent. However, this requirement does apply to applications with software libraries accessible and configurable as in the case of interpreted languages. Accordingly, only qualified and authorized individuals shall be allowed to obtain access to information system components for purposes of initiating changes, including upgrades and modifications. The DBMS software libraries contain the executables used by the DBMS to operate. Unauthorized access to the libraries can result in malicious alteration. This may in turn jeopardize data stored in the DBMS and/or operation of the host system.
Checks: C-40965r917647_chk

Review permissions that control access to the DBMS software libraries. The software library location may be determined from vendor documentation or service/process executable paths. Typically, only the DBMS software installation/maintenance account or SA account requires access to the software library for operational support such as backups. Any other accounts should be scrutinized and the reason for access documented. Accounts should have the least amount of privilege required to accompTypically, only the DBMS software installation/maintenance account or SA account requires access to the software library for operational support such as backups. Any other accounts should be scrutinized and the reason for access documented. Accounts should have the least amount of privilege required to accomplish the job. Below is one example for how to review accounts with access to software libraries for a Linux-based system: cat /etc/group |grep -i dba --Example output: dba:x:102: --take above number and input in below grep command cat /etc/passwd |grep 102 If any accounts are returned that are not required and authorized to have access to the software library location do have access, this is a finding.

Fix: F-40928r667269_fix

Restrict access to the DBMS software libraries to accounts that require access based on job function.

b
Oracle Database must off-load audit data to a separate log management facility; this must be continuous and in near-real-time for systems with a network connection to the storage facility, and weekly or more often for stand-alone systems.
AU-4 - Medium - CCI-001851 - V-237747 - SV-237747r961860_rule
RMF Control
AU-4
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001851
Version
O121-P2-008100
Vuln IDs
  • V-237747
  • V-61871
Rule IDs
  • SV-237747r961860_rule
  • SV-76361
Information stored in one location is vulnerable to accidental or incidental deletion or alteration. Off-loading is a common process in information systems with limited audit storage capacity. The DBMS may write audit records to database tables, files in the file system, other kinds of local repositories, or a centralized log management system. Whatever the method used, it must be compatible with off-loading the records to the centralized system.
Checks: C-40966r667271_chk

Review the system documentation for a description of how audit records are off-loaded. If the DBMS has a continuous network connection to the centralized log management system, but the DBMS audit records are not written directly to the centralized log management system or transferred in near-real-time, this is a finding. If the DBMS does not have a continuous network connection to the centralized log management system, and the DBMS audit records are not transferred to the centralized log management system weekly or more often, this is a finding.

Fix: F-40929r667272_fix

Configure the DBMS or deploy and configure software tools to transfer audit records to a centralized log management system, continuously and in near-real-time where a continuous network connection to the log management system exists, or at least weekly in the absence of such a connection. For more information on auditing, refer to the following documents: https://docs.oracle.com/database/121/DBSEG/auditing.htm#DBSEG1024

c
Oracle database products must be a version supported by the vendor.
SA-22 - High - CCI-003376 - V-265879 - SV-265879r999543_rule
RMF Control
SA-22
Severity
High
CCI
CCI-003376
Version
O121-BP-024750
Vuln IDs
  • V-265879
Rule IDs
  • SV-265879r999543_rule
Unsupported commercial and database systems should not be used because fixes to newly identified bugs will not be implemented by the vendor. The lack of support can result in potential vulnerabilities. Systems at unsupported servicing levels or releases will not receive security updates for new vulnerabilities, which leaves them subject to exploitation. When maintenance updates and patches are no longer available, the database software is no longer considered supported and should be upgraded or decommissioned.
Checks: C-69798r999541_chk

Review the system documentation and interview the database administrator. Identify all database software components. Review the version and release information. From SQL*Plus: Select version from v$instance; Access the vendor website or use other means to verify the version is still supported. Oracle Release schedule: https://support.oracle.com/knowledge/Oracle%20Database%20Products/742060_1.html If the Oracle version or any of the software components are not supported by the vendor, this is a finding.

Fix: F-69702r999542_fix

Remove or decommission all unsupported software products. Upgrade unsupported DBMS or unsupported components to a supported version of the product.